summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/49657.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authornfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-03-03 15:51:50 -0800
committernfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-03-03 15:51:50 -0800
commitee1672050542581c20cfae88e7235aaa6879d70e (patch)
treea1d2173c6e1e6deff5d9efc761d22b5b50d9d47d /49657.txt
parent1a8bb24811f413a6291f9642c124c3eb32b81225 (diff)
Add files from ibiblio as of 2025-03-03 15:51:50HEADmain
Diffstat (limited to '49657.txt')
-rw-r--r--49657.txt8333
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 8333 deletions
diff --git a/49657.txt b/49657.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 79c7317..0000000
--- a/49657.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8333 +0,0 @@
- BOSAMBO OF THE RIVER
-
-
-
-
-This ebook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this ebook or online at
-http://www.gutenberg.org/license. If you are not located in the United
-States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you are
-located before using this ebook.
-
-
-
-Title: Bosambo of the River
-Author: Edgar Wallace
-Release Date: August 08, 2015 [EBook #49657]
-Language: English
-Character set encoding: US-ASCII
-
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BOSAMBO OF THE RIVER ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Al Haines.
-
-
-
-
-
- *BOSAMBO
- OF THE RIVER*
-
-
- BY
-
- EDGAR WALLACE
-
- _Author of "Sanders of the River," "People of the River,"
- "Four Just Men," etc._
-
-
-
- WARD, LOCK & CO., LIMITED
- LONDON AND MELBOURNE
- 1914
-
-
-
-
- _Made and Printed in Great Britain by_
- Ward, Lock & Co., Limited, London.
-
-
-
-
- *CONTENTS.*
-
-CHAP.
-
-I.--ARACHI THE BORROWER
-II.--THE TAX RESISTERS
-III.--THE RISE OF THE EMPEROR
-IV.--THE FALL OF THE EMPEROR
-V.--THE KILLING OF OLANDI
-VI.--THE PEDOMETER
-VII.--THE BROTHER OF BOSAMBO
-VIII.--THE CHAIR OF THE N'GOMBI
-IX.--THE KI-CHU
-X.--THE CHILD OF SACRIFICE
-XI.--"THEY"
-XII.--THE AMBASSADORS
-XIII.--GUNS IN THE AKASAVA
-
-
-
-
- *BOSAMBO OF THE RIVER*
-
-
-
- *CHAPTER I*
-
- *ARACHI THE BORROWER*
-
-
-Many years ago the Monrovian Government sent one Bosambo, a native of
-the Kroo coast and consequently a thief, to penal servitude for the term
-of his natural life. Bosambo, who had other views on the matter, was
-given an axe and a saw in the penal settlement--which was a patch of
-wild forest in the back country--and told to cut down and trim certain
-mahogany-trees in company with other unfortunate men similarly
-circumstanced.
-
-To assure themselves of Bosambo's obedience, the Government of Liberia
-set over him a number of compatriots, armed with weapons which had
-rendered good service at Gettysburg, and had been presented to the
-President of Liberia by President Grant. They were picturesque weapons,
-but they were somewhat deficient in accuracy, especially when handled by
-the inexpert soldiers of the Monrovian coast. Bosambo, who put his axe
-to an ignoble use, no less than the slaying of Captain Peter Cole--who
-was as black as the ten of clubs, but a gentleman by the Liberian
-code--left the penal settlement with passionate haste. The Gettysburg
-relics made fairly good practice up to two hundred yards, but Bosambo
-was a mile away before the guards, searching the body of their dead
-commander for the key of the ammunition store, had secured food for
-their lethal weapons.
-
-The government offered a reward of two hundred and fifty dollars for
-Bosambo, dead or alive. But, although the reward was claimed and paid to
-the half-brother of the Secretary of War, it is a fact that Bosambo was
-never caught.
-
-On the contrary, he made his way to a far land, and became, by virtue of
-his attainments, chief of the Ochori.
-
-Bosambo was too good a sportsman to leave his persecutors at peace.
-There can be little doubt that the Kroo insurrection, which cost the
-Liberian Government eight hundred and twenty-one pounds sixteen
-shillings to suppress, was due to the instigation and assistance of
-Bosambo. Of this insurrection, and the part that Bosambo played, it may
-be necessary to speak again.
-
-The second rebellion was a more serious and expensive affair; and it was
-at the conclusion of this that the Liberian Government made
-representations to Britain. Sanders, who conducted an independent
-inquiry into the question of Bosambo's complicity, reported that there
-was no evidence whatever that Bosambo was directly or indirectly
-responsible. And with that the Liberian Government was forced to be
-content; but they expressed their feelings by offering a reward of two
-thousand dollars for Bosambo alive or dead--preferably alive. They
-added, for the benefit of minor government officials and their
-neighbours, that they would, in the language of the advertisement,
-reject all substitutes. The news of this price went up and down the
-coast and very far into the interior, yet strangely enough Arachi of the
-Isisi did not learn of it until many years afterward.
-
-Arachi was of the Isisi people, and a great borrower. Up and down the
-river all men knew him for such, so that his name passed into the
-legendary vocabulary of the people whilst he yet lived; and did the wife
-of Yoka beg from the wife of O'taki the service of a cooking-pot, be
-sure that O'taki's wife would agree, but with heavy pleasantry scream
-after the retiring pot: "O thou shameless Arachi!" whereupon all the
-village folk who heard the jest would rock with laughter.
-
-Arachi was the son of a chief, but in a country where chieftainship was
-not hereditary, and where, moreover, many chiefs' sons dwelt without
-distinction, his parentage was of little advantage. Certainly it did not
-serve him as, in his heart, he thought he should be served.
-
-He was tall and thin, and his knees were curiously knobbly. He carried
-his head on one side importantly, and was profoundly contemptuous of his
-fellows.
-
-Once he came to Sanders.
-
-"Lord," he said, "I am a chief's son, as you know, and I am very wise.
-Men who look upon me say, 'Behold, this young man is full of craft,'
-because of my looks. Also I am a great talker."
-
-"There are many in this land who are great talkers, Arachi," said
-Sanders, unpleasantly; "yet they do not travel for two days down-stream
-to tell me so."
-
-"Master," said Arachi impressively, "I came to you because I desire
-advancement. Many of your little chiefs are fools, and, moreover,
-unworthy. Now I am the son of a chief, and it is my wish to sit down in
-the place of my father. Also, lord, remember this, that I have dwelt
-among foreign people, the Angola folk, and speak their tongue."
-
-Sanders sighed wearily.
-
-"Seven times you have asked me, Arachi," he said, "and seven times I
-have told you you are no chief for me. Now I tell you this--that I am
-tired of seeing you, and if you come to me again I will throw you to the
-monkeys.[#] As for your Angola palaver, I tell you this--that if it
-happen--which may all gods forbid!--that a tribe of Angola folk sit down
-with me, you shall be chief."
-
-
-[#] Colloquial: "Make you look foolish."
-
-
-Unabashed, Arachi returned to his village, for he thought in his heart
-that Sandi was jealous of his great powers. He built a large hut at the
-end of the village, borrowing his friends' labour; this he furnished
-with skins and the like, and laid in stores of salt and corn, all of
-which he had secured from neighbouring villages by judicious promises of
-payment.
-
-It was like a king's hut, so glorious were the hangings of skin and the
-stretched bed of hide, and the people of his village said "Ko!"
-believing that Arachi had dug up those hidden treasures which every
-chief is popularly supposed to possess in secret places to which his
-sons may well be privy.
-
-Even those who had helped to supply the magnificence were impressed and
-comforted.
-
-"I have lent Arachi two bags of salt," said Pidini, the chief of
-Kolombolo, the fishing village, "and my stomach was full of doubt,
-though he swore by Death that he would repay me three days after the
-rains. Now I see that he is indeed very rich, as he told me he was, and
-if my salt does not return to me I may seize his fine bed."
-
-In another village across the River Ombili, a headman of the Isisi
-confided to his wife:
-
-"Woman, you have seen the hut of Arachi, now I think you will cease your
-foolish talk. For you have reproached me bitterly because I lent Arachi
-my fine bed."
-
-"Lord, I was wrong," said the woman meekly; "but I feared he would not
-pay you the salt he promised; now I know that I was foolish, for I saw
-many bags of salt in his hut."
-
-The story of Arachi's state spread up and down the river, and when the
-borrower demanded the hand of Koran, the daughter of the chief of the
-Putani ("The Fishers of the River"), she came to him without much
-palaver, though she was rather young.
-
-A straight and winsome girl well worth the thousand rods and the twenty
-bags of salt which the munificent Arachi promised, by Death, devils, and
-a variety of gods, should be delivered to her father when the moon and
-the river stood in certain relative positions.
-
-Now Arachi did no manner of work whatever, save to walk through the
-village street at certain hours clad in a robe of monkey tails which he
-had borrowed from the brother of the king of the Isisi.
-
-He neither fished nor hunted nor dug in the fields.
-
-He talked to Koran his wife, and explained why this was so. He talked
-to her from sunset until the early hours of the morning, for he was a
-great talker, and when he was on his favourite subject--which was
-Arachi--he was very eloquent. He talked to her till the poor child's
-head rocked from side to side, and from front to back, in her desperate
-sleepiness.
-
-He was a great man, beloved and trusted of Sandi. He had immense
-thoughts and plans--plans that would ensure him a life of ease without
-the distressing effects of labour. Also, Sanders would make him
-chief--in good time.
-
-She should be as a queen--she would much rather have been in her bed and
-asleep.
-
-Though no Christian, Arachi was a believer in miracles. He pinned his
-faith to the supreme miracle of living without work, and was near to
-seeing the fulfilment of that wonder.
-
-But the miracle which steadfastly refused to happen was the miracle
-which would bring him relief at the moment when his numerous creditors
-were clamouring for the repayment of the many and various articles which
-they had placed in his care.
-
-It is an axiom that the hour brings its man--most assuredly it brings
-its creditor.
-
-There was a tumultuous and stormy day when the wrathful benefactors of
-Arachi gathered in full strength and took from him all that was takable,
-and this in the face of the village, to Koran's great shame. Arachi, on
-the contrary, because of his high spirit, was neither ashamed nor
-distressed, even though many men spoke harshly.
-
-"O thief and rat!" said the exasperated owner of a magnificent stool of
-ceremony, the base of which Arachi had contrived to burn. "Is it not
-enough that you should steal the wear of these things? Must you light
-your fires by my beautiful stool?"
-
-Arachi replied philosophically and without passion: they might take his
-grand furnishings--which they did; they might revile him in tones and in
-language the most provocative--this also they did; but they could not
-take the noble hut which their labours had built, because that was
-against the law of the tribe; nor could they rob him of his faith in
-himself, because that was contrary to the laws of nature--Arachi's
-nature.
-
-"My wife," he said to the weeping girl, "these things happen. Now I
-think I am the victim of Fate, therefore I propose changing all my gods.
-Such as I have do not serve me, and, if you remember, I spent many hours
-in the forest with my _bete_."
-
-Arachi had thought of many possible contingencies--as, for instance:
-
-Sandi might relent, and appoint him to a great chieftainship.
-
-Or he might dig from the river-bed some such treasure as U'fabi, the
-N'gombi man, did once upon a time.
-
-Arachi, entranced with this latter idea, went one morning before sunrise
-to a place by the shore and dug. He turned two spadefuls of earth
-before an infinite weariness fell upon him, and he gave up the search.
-
-"For," he argued, "if treasure is buried in the river-bed, it might as
-well be there as elsewhere. And if it be not there, where may it be?"
-
-Arachi bore his misfortune with philosophy. He sat in the bare and bleak
-interior of his hut, and explained to his wife that the men who had
-robbed him--as he said--hated him, and were jealous of him because of
-his great powers, and that one day, when he was a great chief, he would
-borrow an army from his friends the N'gombi, and put fire to their
-houses.
-
-Yes, indeed, he said "borrow," because it was his nature to think in
-loans.
-
-His father-in-law came on the day following the deporting, expecting to
-save something from the wreckage on account of Koran's dowry. But he
-was very late.
-
-"O son of shame!" he said bitterly. "Is it thus you repay for my
-priceless daughter? By Death! but you are a wicked man."
-
-"Have no fear, fisherman," said Arachi loftily, "for I am a friend of
-Sandi, and be sure that he will do that for me which will place me high
-above common men. Even now I go to make a long palaver with him, and,
-when I return, you shall hear news of strange happenings."
-
-Arachi was a most convincing man, possessing the powers of all great
-borrowers, and he convinced his father-in-law--a relation who, from the
-beginning of time, has always been the least open to conviction.
-
-He left his wife, and she, poor woman, glad to be relieved of the
-presence of her loquacious husband, probably went to sleep.
-
-At any rate, Arachi came to headquarters at a propitious moment for him.
-Headquarters at that moment was an armed camp at the junction of the
-Isisi and Ikeli rivers.
-
-On the top of all his other troubles, Sanders had the problem of a
-stranger who had arrived unbidden. His orderly came to him and told him
-that a man desired speech of him.
-
-"What manner of man?" asked Sanders, wearily.
-
-"Master," said the orderly, "I have not seen a man like him before."
-
-Sanders went out to inspect his visitor. The stranger rose and saluted,
-raising both hands, and the Commissioner looked him over. He was not of
-any of the tribes he knew, being without the face-cuts laterally
-descending either cheek, which mark the Bomongo. Neither was he
-tattooed on the forehead, like the people of the Little River.
-
-"Where do you come from?" asked Sanders, in Swaheli--which is the
-_lingua franca_ of the continent--but the man shook his head.
-
-So Sanders tried him again, this time in Bomongo, thinking, from his
-face-marks, that he must be a man of the Bokeri people. But he answered
-in a strange tongue.
-
-"_Quel nom avez vous?_" Sanders asked, and repeated the question in
-Portuguese. To this latter he responded, saying that he was a small
-chief of the Congo Angola, and that he had left his land to avoid
-slavery.
-
-"Take him to the men's camp and feed him," said Sanders, and dismissed
-him from his mind.
-
-Sanders had little time to bother about stray natives who might wander
-into his camp. He was engaged in searching for a gentleman who was
-known as Abdul Hazim, a great rascal, trading guns and powder contrary
-to the law.
-
-"And," said Sanders to the captain of the Houssas, "if I catch him he'll
-be sorry."
-
-Abdul Hazim shared this view, so kept out of Sanders's way to such
-purpose that, after a week's further wanderings, Sanders returned to his
-headquarters.
-
-Just about then he was dispirited, physically low from the after-effects
-of fever, and mentally disturbed.
-
-Nothing went right with the Commissioner. There had been a begging
-letter from head-quarters concerning this same Abdul Hazim. He was in
-no need of Houssa palavers, yet there must needs come a free fight
-amongst these valiant soldier-men, and, to crown all, two hours
-afterwards, the Houssa skipper had gone to bed with a temperature of
-104.6.
-
-"Bring the swine here," said Sanders inelegantly, when the sergeant of
-Houssas reported the fight. And there were marched before him the
-strange man, who had come to him from the backlands, and a pugnacious
-soldier named Kano.
-
-"Lord," said the Houssa, "by my god, who is, I submit, greater than most
-gods, I am not to blame. This Kaffir dog would not speak to me when I
-spoke; also, he put his hands to my meat, so I struck him."
-
-"Is that all?" asked Sanders.
-
-"That is all, lord."
-
-"And did the stranger do no more than, in his ignorance, touch your
-meat, and keep silence when you spoke?"
-
-"No more, lord."
-
-Sanders leant back in his seat of justice and scowled horribly at the
-Houssa.
-
-"If there is one thing more evident to me than another," he said slowly,
-"it is that a Houssa is a mighty person, a lord, a king. Now I sit here
-in justice, respecting neither kings, such as you be, nor slaves, such
-as this silent one. And I judge so, regarding the dignity of none,
-according to the law of the book. Is that so?"
-
-"That is so, lord."
-
-"And it would seem that it is against the law to raise hand against any
-man, however much he offends you, the proper course being to make
-complaint according to the regulations of the service. Is that so?"
-
-"That is so, lord."
-
-"Therefore you have broken the law. Is that truth?"
-
-"That is truth, lord."
-
-"Go back to your lines, admitting this truth to your comrades, and let
-the Kaffir rest. For on the next occasion, for him that breaks the law,
-there will be breaking of skin. The palaver is finished."
-
-The Houssa retired.
-
-"And," said Sanders, retailing the matter to the convalescent officer
-next morning, "I consider that I showed more than ordinary
-self-restraint in not kicking both of them to the devil."
-
-"You're a great man," said the Houssa officer. "You'll become a
-colonial-made gentleman one of these days, unless you're jolly careful."
-
-Sanders passed in silence the Houssa's gibe at the Companionship of St.
-Michael and St. George, and, moreover, C.M.G.'s were not likely to come
-his way whilst Abdul Hazim was still at large.
-
-He was in an unpleasant frame of mind when Arachi came swiftly in a
-borrowed canoe, paddled by four men whom he had engaged at an Isisi
-village, on a promise of payment which it was very unlikely he would
-ever be able to fulfil.
-
-"Master," said Arachi solemnly, "I come desiring to serve your lordship,
-for I am too great a man for my village, and, if no chief, behold, I
-have a chief's thoughts."
-
-"And a chief's hut," said Sanders dryly, "if all they tell me is true."
-
-Arachi winced.
-
-"Lord," he said humbly, "all things are known to you, and your eye goes
-forth like a chameleon's tongue to see round the corners."
-
-Sanders passed over the unpleasant picture Arachi suggested.
-
-"Arachi," he said, "it happens that you have come at a moment when you
-can serve me, for there is in my camp a strange man from a far-away
-land, who knows not this country, yet desires to cross it. Now, since
-you know the Angola tongue, you shall take him in your canoe to the edge
-of the Frenchi land, and there you shall put him on his way. And for
-this I will pay your paddlers. And as for you, I will remember you in
-the day of your need."
-
-It was not as Arachi could have wished, but it was something. The next
-day he departed importantly.
-
-Before he left, Sanders gave him a word of advice.
-
-"Go you, Arachi," he said, "by the Little Kusu River."
-
-"Lord," said Arachi, "there is a shorter way by the creek of Still
-Waters. This goes to the Frenchi land, and is deep enough for our
-purpose."
-
-"It is a short way and a long way," said Sanders grimly. "For there
-sits a certain Abdul Hazim who is a great buyer of men, and, because the
-Angola folk are wonderful gardeners, behold, the Arab is anxious to come
-by them. Go in peace."
-
-"On my head," said Arachi, and took his leave.
-
-It was rank bad luck that he should meet on his way two of his principal
-creditors. These, having some grievance in the matter of foodstuffs,
-advanced, desiring to do him an injury, but, on his earnest entreaties,
-postponed the performance of their solemn vows.
-
-"It seems," said one of them, "that you are now Sandi's man, for though
-I do not believe anything you have told me, yet these paddlers do not
-lie."
-
-"Nor this silent one," said Arachi, pointing to his charge proudly.
-"And because I alone in all the land can make palaver with him, Sandi
-has sent me on a mission to certain kings. These will give me presents,
-and on my return I will pay you what I owe, and much more for love."
-
-They let him pass.
-
-It may be said that Arachi, who lent "to none and believed no man," had
-no faith whatever in his lord's story. Who the silent Angola was, what
-was his mission, and why he had been chosen to guard the stranger,
-Arachi did not guess.
-
-He would have found an easy way to understanding if he had believed all
-that Sanders had told him, but that was not Arachi's way.
-
-On a night when the canoe was beached on an island, and the paddlers
-prepared the noble Arachi's food, the borrower questioned his charge.
-
-"How does it happen, foreigner," he asked, "that my friend and
-neighbour, Sandi, asks me of my kindness to guide you to the French
-land?"
-
-"Patron," said the Angola man, "I am a stranger, and desire to escape
-from slavery. Also, there is a small Angola-Balulu tribe, which are of
-my people and faith, who dwell by the Frenchi tribe."
-
-"What is your faith?" asked Arachi.
-
-"I believe in devils and ju-jus," said the Angola man simply,
-"especially one called Billimi, who has ten eyes and spits at snakes.
-Also, I hate the Arabi, that being part of my faith."
-
-This gave Arachi food for thought, and some reason for astonishment that
-Sandi should have spoken the truth to him.
-
-"What of this Abdul Arabi?" he asked. "Now I think that Sandi lied to
-me when he said such an one buys men, for, if this be so, why does he
-not raid the Isisi?"
-
-But the Angola man shook his head.
-
-"These are matters too high for my understanding," he said. "Yet I know
-that he takes the Angola because they are great gardeners, and cunning
-in the pruning of trees."
-
-Again Arachi had reason for thinking profoundly.
-
-This Abdul, as he saw, must come to the Upper River for the people of
-the Lesser Akasava, who were also great gardeners. He would take no
-Isisi, because they were notoriously lazy, and moreover, died with
-exasperating readiness when transplanted to a foreign soil.
-
-He continued his journey till he came to the place where he would have
-turned off had he taken a short cut to the French territory.
-
-Here he left his paddlers and his guest, and made his way up the creek
-of Still Waters.
-
-Half-a-day's paddling brought him to the camp of Abdul. The slaver's
-silent runners on the bank had kept pace with him, and when Arachi
-landed he was seized by men who sprang apparently from nowhere.
-
-"Lead me to your master, O common men," said Arachi, "for I am a chief
-of the Isisi, and desire a secret palaver."
-
-"If you are Isisi, and by your thinness and your boasting I see that you
-are," said his captor, "my lord Abdul will make easy work of you."
-
-Abdul Hazim was short and stout, and a lover of happiness. Therefore he
-kept his camp in that condition of readiness which enabled him to leave
-quickly at the first sight of a white helmet or a Houssa's tarboosh.
-
-For it would have brought no happiness to Abdul had Sanders come upon
-him.
-
-Now, seated on a soft-hued carpet of silk before the door of his little
-tent, he eyed Arachi dubiously, and listened in silence while the man
-spoke of himself.
-
-"Kaffir," he said, when the borrower had finished, "how do I know that
-you do not lie, or that you are not one of Sandi's spies? I think I
-should be very clever if I cut your throat."
-
-Arachi explained at length why Abdul Hazim should not cut his throat.
-
-"If you say this Angola man is near by, why should I not take him
-without payment?" asked the slaver.
-
-"Because," said Arachi, "this foreigner is not the only man in the
-country, and because I have great influence with Sandi, and am beloved
-by all manner of people who trust me. I may bring many other men to
-your lordship."
-
-Arachi returned to the camp, towing a small canoe with which the slaver
-had provided him.
-
-He woke the Angola stranger from his sleep.
-
-"Brother," he said, "here is a canoe with food. Now I tell you to paddle
-one day up this creek of Still Waters and there await my coming, for
-there are evil men about, and I fear for your safety."
-
-The Angolan, simple man that he was, obeyed. Half a day's journey up the
-creek Abdul's men were waiting.
-
-Arachi set off for his own village that night, and in his canoe was such
-a store of cloth, of salt, and of brass rods as would delight any man's
-heart. Arachi came to his village singing a little song about himself.
-
-In a year he had grown rich, for there were many ways of supplying the
-needs of an Arab slaver, and Abdul paid promptly.
-
-Arachi worked single-handed, or, if he engaged paddlers, found them in
-obscure corners of the territories. He brought to Abdul many marketable
-properties, mostly young N'gombi women, who are fearful and easily
-cowed, and Sanders, scouring the country for the stout man with the fez,
-found him not.
-
- * * * * *
-
-"Lord Abdul," said Arachi, who met the slaver secretly one night near
-the Ikusi River, "Sandi and his soldiers have gone down to the Akasava
-for a killing palaver. Now I think we will do what you wish."
-
-They were discussing an aspect of an adventure--the grandest adventure
-which Abdul had ever planned.
-
-"Arachi," said Abdul, "I have made you a rich man. Now, I tell you that
-I can make you richer than any chief in this land."
-
-"I shall be glad to hear of this," said Arachi. "For though I am rich,
-yet I have borrowed many things, and, it seems, I have so wonderful a
-mind that I must live always in to-morrow."
-
-"So I have heard," said the Arab. "For they say of you that if you had
-the whole world you would borrow the moon."
-
-"That is my mystery," said Arachi modestly. "For this reason I am a very
-notable man."
-
-Then he sat down to listen in patience to the great plan of Abdul Hazim.
-And it was a very high plan, for there were two thousand Liberian
-dollars at the back of it, and, for Arachi, payment in kind.
-
-At the moment of the conference, Sanders was housed in the Ochori city
-making palaver with Bosambo, the chief.
-
-"Bosambo," said Sanders, "I have given you these upper streams to your
-care. Yet Abdul Hazim walks through the land without hurt, and I think
-it is shame to you and to me."
-
-"Master," said Bosambo, "it is a shameful thing. Yet the streams
-hereabouts are so many, and Abdul is a cunning man, and has spies.
-Also, my people are afraid to offend him lest he 'chop' them, or sell
-them into the interior."
-
-Sanders nodded and rose to join the _Zaire_.
-
-"Bosambo," he said, "this government put a price upon this Abdul, even
-as a certain government put a price upon you."
-
-"What is his price, lord?" asked Bosambo, with an awakening of interest.
-
-"One hundred pounds in silver," said Sanders.
-
-"Lord," said Bosambo, "that is a good price."
-
-Two days afterwards, when Arachi came to Bosambo, this chief was engaged
-in the purely domestic occupation of nursing his one small son.
-
-"Greeting, Bosambo," said Arachi, "to you and to your beautiful son, who
-is noble in appearance and very quiet."
-
-"Peace be to you, Arachi. I have nothing to lend you," said Bosambo.
-
-"Lord," said Arachi loftily, "I am now a rich man--richer than
-chiefs--and I do not borrow."
-
-"Ko, ko!" said Bosambo, with polite incredulity.
-
-"Bosambo," Arachi went on, "I came to you because I love you, and you
-are not a talking man, but rather a wise and silent one."
-
-"All this I know, Arachi," said Bosambo cautiously. "And again I say to
-you that I lend no man anything."
-
-The exasperated Arachi raised his patient eyes to heaven.
-
-"Lord Bosambo," he said, in the tone of one hurt, "I came to tell you of
-that which I have found, and to ask your lordship to help me secure it.
-For in a certain place I have come across a great stock of ivory, such
-as the old kings buried against their need."
-
-"Arachi," said Bosambo, of a sudden, "you tell me that you are rich.
-Now you are a little man and I am a chief, yet I am not rich."
-
-"I have many friends," said Arachi, trembling with pride, "and they give
-me rods and salt."
-
-"That is nothing," said Bosambo. "Now I understand richness, for I have
-lived amongst white folk who laugh at rods and throw salt to dogs."
-
-"Lord Bosambo," said the other eagerly, "I am rich also by white men's
-rule. Behold!"
-
-From his waist pouch he took a handful of silver, and offered it in both
-hands for the chief's inspection.
-
-Bosambo examined the money respectfully, turning each coin over
-gingerly.
-
-"That is good riches," he said, and he breathed a little faster than was
-his wont. "And it is new, being bright. Also the devil marks, which
-you do not understand, are as they should be."
-
-The gratified Arachi shoved his money back into his pouch. Bosambo sat
-in meditative silence, his face impassive.
-
-"And you will take me, Arachi, to the place of buried treasure?" he
-asked slowly. "Ko! you are a generous man, for I do not know why you
-should share with me, knowing that I once beat you."
-
-Bosambo put the child down gently. These kings' stores were
-traditional. Many had been found, and it was the dream of every
-properly constituted man to unearth such.
-
-Yet Bosambo was not impressed, being in his heart sceptical.
-
-"Arachi," he said, "I believe that you are a liar! Yet I would see this
-store, and, if it be near by, will see with my own eyes."
-
-It was one day's journey, according to Arachi.
-
-"You shall tell me where this place is," said Bosambo.
-
-Arachi hesitated.
-
-"Lord, how do I not know that you will not go and take this store?" he
-asked.
-
-Bosambo regarded him sternly.
-
-"Am I not an honest man?" he asked. "Do not the people from one end of
-the world to the other swear by the name of Bosambo?"
-
-"No," said Arachi truthfully.
-
-Yet he told of the place. It was by the River of Shadows, near the
-Crocodile Pool Where-the-Floods Had-Changed-The-Land.
-
-Bosambo went to his hut to make preparations for the journey.
-
-Behind his house, in a big grass cage, were many little pigeons. He
-laboriously wrote in his vile Arabic a laconic message, and attached it
-to the leg of a pigeon.
-
-To make absolutely sure, for Bosambo left nothing to chance, he sent
-away a canoe secretly that night for a certain destination.
-
-"And this you shall say to Sandi," said the chief to his trusted
-messenger, "that Arachi is rich with the richness of silver, and that
-silver has the devil marks of Zanzibar--being the home of all traders,
-as your lordship knows."
-
-Next day, at dawn, Bosambo and his guide departed. They paddled
-throughout the day, taking the smaller stream that drained the eastern
-side of the river, and at night they camped at a place called Bolulu,
-which means "the changed land."
-
-They rose with the daylight to resume their journey. But it was
-unnecessary, for, in the darkness before the dawn, Abdul Hazim had
-surrounded the camp, and, at the persuasive muzzle of a Snider rifle,
-Bosambo accompanied his captors ten minutes' journey into the wood where
-Abdul awaited him.
-
-The slaver, sitting before the door of his tent on his silken carpet,
-greeted his captive in the Ochori dialect. Bosambo replied in Arabic.
-
-"Ho, Bosambo!" said Abdul. "Do you know me?"
-
-"Sheikh," said Bosambo, "I would know you in hell, for you are the man
-whose head my master desires."
-
-"Bosambo," said Abdul calmly, "your head is more valuable, so they say,
-for the Liberians will put it upon a pole, and pay me riches for my
-enterprise."
-
-Bosambo laughed softly. "Let the palaver finish," he said, "I am ready
-to go."
-
-They brought him to the river again, tied him to a pole, and laid him in
-the bottom of a canoe, Arachi guarding him.
-
-Bosambo, looking up, saw the borrower squatting on guard.
-
-"Arachi," he said, "if you untie my hands, it shall go easy with you."
-
-"If I untie your hands," said Arachi frankly, "I am both a fool and a
-dead man, and neither of these conditions is desirable."
-
-"To every man," quoth Bosambo, "there is an easy kill somewhere,[#] and,
-if he misses this, all kills are difficult."
-
-[#] The native equivalent for "opportunity knocks," etc.
-
-Four big canoes composed the waterway caravan. Abdul was in the largest
-with his soldiers, and led the van.
-
-They moved quickly down the tiny stream, which broadened as it neared
-the river.
-
-Then Abdul's headman suddenly gasped.
-
-"Look!" he whispered.
-
-The slaver turned his head.
-
-Behind them, paddling leisurely, came four canoes, and each was filled
-with armed men.
-
-"Quickly," said Abdul, and the paddlers stroked furiously, then stopped.
-
-Ahead was the _Zaire_, a trim, white steamer, alive with Houssas.
-
-"It is God's will," said Abdul. "These things are ordained."
-
-He said no more until he stood before Sanders, and the Commissioner was
-not especially communicative.
-
-"What will you do with me?" asked Abdul.
-
-"I will tell you when I have seen your stores," said Sanders. "If I
-find rifles such as the foolish Lobolo people buy, I shall hang you
-according to law."
-
-The Arab looked at the shaking Arachi. The borrower's knees wobbled
-fearfully.
-
-"I see," said Abdul thoughtfully, "that this man whom I made rich has
-betrayed me."
-
-If he had hurried or moved jerkily Sanders would have prevented the act;
-but the Arab searched calmly in the fold of his _bournous_ as though
-seeking a cigarette.
-
-His hand came out, and with it a curved knife.
-
-Then he struck quickly, and Arachi went blubbering to the deck, a dying
-man.
-
-"Borrower," said the Arab, and he spoke from the centre of six Houssas
-who were chaining him, so that he was hidden from the sobbing figure on
-the floor, "I think you have borrowed that which you can at last repay.
-For it is written in the Sura of the Djinn that from him who takes a
-life, let his life be taken, that he may make full repayment."
-
-
-
-
- *CHAPTER II*
-
- *THE TAX RESISTERS*
-
-
-Sanders took nothing for granted when he accounted for native peoples.
-These tribes of his possessed an infinite capacity for
-unexpectedness--therein lay at once their danger and their charm. For
-one could neither despair at their sin nor grow too confidently elated
-at their virtue, knowing that the sun which went down on the naughtiness
-of the one and the dovelike placidity of the other, might rise on the
-smouldering sacrificial fires in the streets of the blessed village, and
-reveal the folk of the incorrigible sitting at the doors of their huts,
-dust on head, hands outspread in an agony of penitence.
-
-Yet it seemed that the people of Kiko were models of deportment, thrift,
-and intelligence, and that the gods had given them beautiful natures.
-Kiko, a district of the Lower Isisi, is separated from all other tribes
-and people by the Kiko on the one side, the Isisi River on the other,
-and on the third by clumps of forest land set at irregular intervals in
-the Great Marsh.
-
-Kiko proper stretches from the marsh to the tongue of land at the
-confluence of the Kiko and Isisi, in the shape of an irregular triangle.
-
-To the eastward, across the Kiko River, are the unruly N'gombi tribes;
-to the westward, on the farther bank of the big river, are the Akasava;
-and the Kiko people enjoy an immunity from sudden attack, which is due
-in part to its geographical position, and in part to the remorseless
-activities of Mr. Commissioner Sanders.
-
-Once upon a time a king of the N'gombi called his headmen and chiefs
-together to a great palaver.
-
-"It seems to me," he said, "that we are children. For our crops have
-failed because of the floods, and the thieving Ochori have driven the
-game into their own country. Now, across the river are the Kiko people,
-and they have reaped an oat harvest; also, there is game in plenty.
-Must we sit and starve whilst the Kiko swell with food?"
-
-A fair question, though the facts were not exactly stated, for the
-N'gombi were lazy, and had sown late; also the game was in their forest
-for the searching, but, as the saying is, "The N'gombi hunts from his
-bed and seeks only cooked meats."
-
-One night the N'gombi stole across the river and fell upon Kiko city,
-establishing themselves masters of the country.
-
-There was a great palaver, which was attended by the chief and headman
-of the Kiko.
-
-"Henceforward," said the N'gombi king--Tigilini was his name--"you are
-as slaves to my people, and if you are gentle and good and work in the
-fields you shall have one-half of all you produce, for I am a just man,
-and very merciful. But if you rebel, I will take you for my sport."
-
-Lest any misunderstanding should exist, he took the first malcontent,
-who was a petty chief of a border village, and performed his programme.
-
-This man had refused tribute, and was led, with roped hands, before the
-king, all headmen having been summoned to witness the happening.
-
-The rebel was bound with his hands behind him, and was ordered to kneel.
-A young sapling was bent over, and one end of a native rope was fixed to
-its topmost branches, and the other about his neck. The tree was slowly
-released till the head of the offender was held taut.
-
-"Now!" said the king, and his executioner struck off the head, which was
-flung fifty yards by the released sapling.
-
-It fell at the feet of Mr. Commissioner Sanders, who, with twenty-five
-Houssas and a machine gun, had just landed from the _Zaire_.
-
-Sanders was annoyed; he had travelled three days and four nights with
-little sleep, and he had a touch of fever, which made him irritable.
-
-He walked into the village and interrupted an eloquent address on the
-obligations of the conquered, which the N'gombi thief thought it
-opportune to deliver.
-
-He stopped half-way through his speech, and lost a great deal of
-interest in the proceedings as the crowd divided to allow of Sanders's
-approach.
-
-"Lord," said Tigilini, that quick and subtle man, "you have come at a
-proper time, for these people were in rebellion against your lordship,
-and I have subdued them. Therefore, master, give me rewards as you gave
-to Bosambo of the Ochori."
-
-Sanders gave nothing save a brief order, and his Houssas formed a half
-circle about the hut of the king--Tigilini watching the manoeuvre with
-some apprehension.
-
-"If," he said graciously. "I have done anything which your lordship
-thinks I should not have done, or taken that which I should not have
-taken, I will undo and restore."
-
-Sanders, hands on hips, regarded him dispassionately.
-
-"There is a body." He pointed to the stained and huddled thing on the
-ground. "There, by the path, is a head. Now, you shall put the head to
-that body and restore life."
-
-"That I cannot do," said the king nervously, "for I am no ju-ju."
-
-Sanders spoke two words in Arabic, and Tigilini was seized.
-
-They carried the king away, and no man ever saw his face again, and it
-is a legend that Tigilini, the king, is everlastingly chained to the
-hind leg of M'shimba M'shamba, the green devil of the Akasava. If the
-truth be told, Tigilini went no nearer to perdition than the convict
-prison at Sierra Leone, but the legend is not without its value as a
-deterrent to ambitious chiefs.
-
-Sanders superintended the evacuation of the Kiko, watched the
-crestfallen N'gombi retire to their own lands, and set up a new king
-without fuss or ceremony. And the smooth life of the Kiko people ran
-pleasantly as before.
-
-They tilled the ground and bred goats and caught fish. From the marsh
-forest, which was their backland, they gathered rubber and copal, and
-this they carried by canoe to the mouth of the river and sold.
-
-So they came to be rich, and even the common people could afford three
-wives.
-
-Sanders was very wise in the psychology of native wealth. He knew that
-people who grew rich in corn were dangerous, because corn is an
-irresponsible form of property, and had no ramifications to hold in
-check the warlike spirit of its possessors.
-
-He knew, too, that wealth in goats, in cloth, in brass rods, and in land
-was a factor for peace, because possessions which cannot be eaten are
-ever a steadying influence in communal life.
-
-Sanders was a wise man. He was governed by certain hard and fast rules,
-and though he was well aware that failure in any respect to grapple with
-a situation would bring him a reprimand, either because he had not acted
-according to the strict letter of the law, or because he "had not used
-his discretion" in going outside that same inflexible code, he took
-responsibility without fear.
-
-It was left to his discretion as to what part of the burden of taxation
-individual tribes should bear, and on behalf of his government he took
-his full share of the Kiko surplus, adjusting his demands according to
-the measure of the tribe's prosperity.
-
-Three years after the enterprising incursion of the N'gombi, he came to
-the Kiko country on his half-yearly visit.
-
-In the palaver house of the city he listened to complaints, as was his
-custom.
-
-He sat from dawn till eight o'clock in the morning, and after the tenth
-complaint he turned to the chief of the Kiko, who sat at his side.
-
-"Chief," he said, with that air of bland innocence which would have made
-men used to his ways shake in their tracks, "I observe that all men say
-one thing to me--that they are poor. Now this is not the truth."
-
-"I am in your hands," said the chief diplomatically; "also my people,
-and they will pay taxation though they starve."
-
-Sanders saw things in a new light.
-
-"It seems," he said, addressing the serried ranks of people who squatted
-about, "that there is discontent in your stomachs because I ask you for
-your taxes. We will have a palaver on this."
-
-He sat down, and a grey old headman, a notorious litigant and a
-league-long speaker, rose up.
-
-"Lord," he said dramatically, "justice!"
-
-"Kwai!" cried the people in chorus.
-
-The murmur, deep-chested and unanimous, made a low, rumbling sound like
-the roll of a drum.
-
-"Justice!" said the headman. "For you, Sandi, are very cruel and harsh.
-You take and take and give us nothing, and the people cry out in pain."
-
-He paused, and Sanders nodded.
-
-"Go on," he said.
-
-"Corn and fish, gum and rubber, we give you," said the spokesman; "and
-when we ask whither goes this money, you point to the puc-a-puc[#] and
-your soldiers, and behold we are mocked. For your puc-a-puc comes only
-to take our taxes, and your soldiers to force us to pay."
-
-
-[#] Steamer.
-
-
-Again the applauding murmur rolled.
-
-"So we have had a palaver," said the headman, "and this we have said
-among ourselves: 'Let Sandi remit one-half our taxes; these we will
-bring in our canoes to the Village-by-the-Big-Water, for we are honest
-men, and let Sandi keep his soldiers and his puc-a-puc for the folk of
-the Isisi and the Akasava and the N'gombi, for these are turbulent and
-wicked people.'"
-
-"Kwai!"
-
-It was evidently a popular movement, and Sanders smiled behind his hand.
-
-"As for us," said the headman, "we are peaceable folk, and live
-comfortably with all nations, and if any demand of us that we shall pay
-tribute, behold it will be better to give freely than to pay these
-taxes."
-
-Sanders listened in silence, then he turned to the chief.
-
-"It shall be as you wish," he said, "and I will remit one half of your
-taxation--the palaver is finished."
-
-He went on board the _Zaire_ that night and lay awake listening to the
-castanets of the dancing women--the Kiko made merry to celebrate the
-triumph of their diplomacy.
-
-Sanders left next day for the Isisi, having no doubt in his mind that
-the news of his concession had preceded him. So it proved, for at
-Lukalili no sooner had he taken his place in the speech-house than the
-chief opened the proceedings.
-
-"Lord Sandi," he began, "we are poor men, and our people cry out against
-taxation. Now, lord, we have thought largely on this matter, and this
-say the people: 'If your lordship would remit one-half our taxes we
-should be happy, for this puc-a-puc'----"
-
-Sanders waved him down.
-
-"Chiefs and people," he said, "I am patient, because I love you. But
-talk to me more about taxation and about puc-a-pucs, and I will find a
-new chief for me, and you will wish that you had never been born."
-
-After that Sanders had no further trouble.
-
-He came to the Ochori, and found Bosambo, wholly engrossed with his new
-baby, but ripe for action.
-
-"Bosambo," said the Commissioner, after he had gingerly held the
-new-comer and bestowed his natal present, "I have a story to tell you."
-
-He told his story, and Bosambo found it vastly entertaining.
-
-Five days later, when Sanders was on his way home, Bosambo with ten
-picked men for paddlers, came sweeping up the river, and beached at Kiko
-city.
-
-He was greeted effusively; a feast was prepared for him, the chief's
-best hut was swept clean.
-
-"Lord Bosambo," said the Kiko chief, when the meal was finished, "I
-shall have a sore heart this night when you are gone."
-
-"I am a kind man," said Bosambo, "so I will not go to-night, for the
-thought of your sorrow would keep sleep from my eyes."
-
-"Lord," said the chief hastily, "I am not used to sorrow, and, moreover,
-I shall sleep heavily, and it would be shameful if I kept you from your
-people, who sigh like hungry men for your return."
-
-"That is true," said Bosambo, "yet I will stay this night, because my
-heart is full of pleasant thoughts for you."
-
-"If you left to-night," said the embarrassed chief, "I would give you a
-present of two goats."
-
-"Goats," said Bosambo, "I do not eat, being of a certain religious
-faith----"
-
-"Salt I will give you also," said the chief.
-
-"I stay to-night," said Bosambo emphatically; "to-morrow I will consider
-the matter."
-
-The next morning Bosambo went to bathe in the river, and returned to see
-the chief of the Kiko squatting before the door of his hut, vastly glum.
-
-"Ho, Cetomati!" greeted Bosambo, "I have news which will gladden your
-heart."
-
-A gleam of hope shone in the chief's eye.
-
-"Does my brother go so soon?" he asked pointedly.
-
-"Chief," said Bosambo acidly, "if that be good news to you, I go. And
-woe to you and your people, for I am a proud man, and my people are also
-proud. Likewise, they are notoriously vengeful."
-
-The Kiko king rose in agitation.
-
-"Lord," he said humbly, "my words are twisted, for, behold, all this
-night I have spent mourning in fear of losing your lordship. Now, tell
-me your good news that I may rejoice with you."
-
-But Bosambo was frowning terribly, and was not appeased for some time.
-
-"This is my news, O king!" he said. "Whilst I bathed I beheld, far
-away, certain Ochori canoes, and I think they bring my councillors. If
-this be so, I may stay with you for a long time--rejoice!"
-
-The Kiko chief groaned.
-
-He groaned more when the canoes arrived bringing reinforcements to
-Bosambo--ten lusty fighting men, terribly tall and muscular.
-
-He groaned undisguisedly when the morrow brought another ten, and the
-evening some twenty more.
-
-There are sayings on the river which are uncomplimentary to the
-appetites of the Ochori.
-
-Thus: "Men eat to live fat, but the Ochori live to eat." And: "One
-field of corn will feed a village for a year, ten goats for a month, and
-an Ochori for a day."
-
-Certainly Bosambo's followers were excellent trenchermen. They ate and
-they ate and they ate; from dawn till star time they alternated between
-the preparation of meals and their disposal. The simple folk of the Kiko
-stood in a wondering circle about them and watched in amazement as their
-good food vanished.
-
-"I see we shall starve when the rains come," said the chief in despair.
-
-He sent an urgent canoe to Sanders, but Sanders was without sympathy.
-
-"Go to your master," he said to the envoy, "telling him that all these
-things are his palaver. If he does not desire the guests of his house,
-let him turn them away, for the land is his, and he is chief."
-
-Cold comfort for Cetomati this, for the Ochori sat in the best huts,
-eating the best foods, finding the best places at the dance-fires.
-
-The king called a secret palaver of his headmen.
-
-"These miserable Ochori thieves ruin us," he said. "Are we men or dogs?
-Now, I tell you, my people and councillors, that to-morrow I send
-Bosambo and his robbers away, though I die for it!"
-
-"Kwai!" said the councillors in unison.
-
-"Lord," said one, "in the times of _cala-cala_ the Kiko folk were very
-fierce and bloody; perchance if we rouse the people with our eloquence
-they are still fierce and bloody."
-
-The king looked dubious.
-
-"I do not think," he said, "that the Kiko people are as fierce and
-bloody as at one time, for we have had many fat years. What I know, O
-friend, is that the Ochori are very fierce indeed, and Bosambo has
-killed many men."
-
-He screwed up his courage through the night, and in the morning put it
-to the test.
-
-Bosambo, in his most lordly way, had ordered a big hunting, and he and
-his men were assembling in the village street when the king and his
-councillors approached.
-
-"Lord," said the king mildly, "I have that within me which I must tell."
-
-"Say on," said Bosambo.
-
-"Now, I love you, Bosambo," said the chief, "and the thought that I must
-speed you on your way--with presents--is very sad to me."
-
-"More sad to me," said Bosambo ominously.
-
-"Yet lord," said the desperate chief, "I must, for my people are very
-fierce with me that I keep you so long within our borders. Likewise,
-there is much sickness, and I fear lest you and your beautiful men also
-become sick, and die."
-
-"Only one man in all the world, chief," said Bosambo, speaking with
-deliberation, "has ever put such shame upon me--and, king, that
-man--where is he?"
-
-The king of the Kiko did not say, because he did not know. He could
-guess--oh, very well he could guess!--and Bosambo's next words justified
-his guesswork.
-
-"He is dead," said Bosambo solemnly. "I will not say how he died, lest
-you think I am a boastful one, or whose hand struck him down, for fear
-you think vainly--nor as to the manner of his dying, for that would give
-you sorrow!"
-
-"Bosambo," said the agitated chief of the Kiko, "these are evil
-words----"
-
-"I say no evil words," said Bosambo, "for I am, as you know, the
-brother-in-law of Sandi, and it would give him great grief. I say
-nothing, O little king!"
-
-With a lofty wave of his hand he strode away, and, gathering his men
-together, he marched them to the beach.
-
-It was in vain that the chief of the Kiko had stored food in enormous
-quantities and presents in each canoe, that bags of salt were evenly
-distributed amongst the paddlers.
-
-Bosambo, it is true, did not throw them back upon the shore, but he
-openly and visibly scorned them. The king, standing first on one foot
-and then on the other, in his anxiety and embarrassment, strove to give
-the parting something of a genial character, but Bosambo was silent,
-forbidding, and immensely gloomy.
-
-"Lord," said the chief, "when shall my heart again be gladdened at the
-sight of your pretty face?"
-
-"Who knows?" said Bosambo mysteriously. "Who can tell when I come, or my
-friends! For many men love me--Isisi, N'gombi, Akasava, Bongindi, and
-the Bush people."
-
-He stepped daintily into his canoe.
-
-"I tell you," he said, wagging a solemn forefinger, "that whatever comes
-to you, it is no palaver of mine; whoever steals quietly upon you in the
-night, it will not be Bosambo--I call all men to witness this saying."
-
-And with this he went.
-
-There was a palaver that night, where all men spoke at once, and the
-Kiko king did not more than bite his nails nervously. It was certain
-that attack would come.
-
-"Let us meet them boldly," said the one who had beforetime rendered such
-advice. "For in times of _cala-cala_ the Kiko folk were fierce and
-bloody people."
-
-Whatever they might have been once, there was no spirit of adventure
-abroad then, and many voices united to call the genius who had suggested
-defiance a fool and worse.
-
-All night long the Kiko stood a nation in arms.
-
-Once the hooting of a bird sent them scampering to their huts with howls
-of fear; once a wandering buffalo came upon a quaking picket and
-scattered it. Night after night the fearful Kiko kept guard, sleeping
-as they could by day.
-
-They saw no enemy; the suspense was worse than the vision of armed
-warriors. A messenger went to Sanders about the fears and apprehensions
-of the people, but Sanders was callous.
-
-"If any people attack you, I will come with my soldiers, and for every
-man of you who dies, I will kill one of your enemies."
-
-"Lord," said the messenger, none other than the king's son, "if we are
-dead, we care little who lives or dies. Now, I ask you, master, to send
-your soldiers with me, for our people are tired and timid."
-
-"Be content," said Sanders, "that I have remitted your taxation--the
-palaver is finished."
-
-The messenger returned to his dismal nation--Sanders at the time was
-never more than a day's journey from the Kiko--and a sick and weary
-people sat down in despair to await the realisation of their fears.
-
-They might have waited throughout all eternity, for Bosambo was back in
-his own city, and had almost forgotten them, and Isisi and the Akasava,
-regarding them for some reason as Sanders' _urglebes_, would have no
-more thought of attacking them than they would have considered the
-possibility of attacking Sanders; and as for the N'gombi, they had had
-their lesson.
-
-Thus matters stood when the Lulungo people, who live three days beyond
-the Akasava, came down the river looking for loot and trouble.
-
-The Lulungo people are an unlovable race; "a crabbed, bitter, and a
-beastly people," Sanders once described them in his wrath.
-
-For two years the Lulungo folk had lain quiet, then, like foraging and
-hungry dogs, they took the river trail--six canoes daubed with mud and
-rushes.
-
-They found hospitality of a kind in the fishing villages, for the
-peaceable souls who lived therein fled at the first news of the
-visitation.
-
-They came past the Ochori warily keeping to midstream. Time was when
-the Ochori would have supplied them with all their requirements, but
-nowadays these men of Bosambo's snapped viciously.
-
-"None the less," said Gomora, titular chief of the Lulungo, to his
-headmen, "since we be so strong the Ochori will not oppose us--let two
-canoes paddle to land."
-
-The long boats were detached from the fleet and headed for the beach. A
-shower of arrows fell short of them, and they turned back.
-
-The Isisi country they passed, the Akasava they gave the widest of
-berths to, for the Lulungo folk are rather cruel than brave, better
-assassins than fighting men, more willing to kill coldly than in hot
-blood. They went lurching down the river, seizing such loot as the
-unprotected villages gave them.
-
-It was a profitless expedition.
-
-"Now we will go to Kiko," said Gomora; "for these people are very rich,
-and, moreover, they are fearful. Speak to my people, and say that there
-shall be no killing, for that devil Sandi hates us, and he will incite
-the tribes against us, as he did in the days of my father."
-
-They waited till night had fallen, and then, under the shadow of the
-river bank, they moved silently upon their prey.
-
-"We will frighten them," confided Gomora; "and they will give us what we
-ask; then we will make them swear by Iwa that they will not speak to
-Sandi--it will be simple."
-
-The Lulungo knew the Kiko folk too well, and they landed at a convenient
-place, making their way through the strip of forest without the display
-of caution which such a manoeuvre would have necessitated had it been
-employed against a more warlike nation.
-
- * * * * *
-
-Sanders, hurrying down stream, his guns swung out and shotted for
-action, his armed Houssas sitting in the bow of the steamer, met two
-canoes, unmistakably Lulungo.
-
-He circled and captured them. In one was Gomora, a little weak from
-loss of blood, but more bewildered.
-
-"Lord," he said bitterly, "all this world is changed since you have
-come; once the Ochori were meat for me and my people, being very
-timorous. Then by certain magic they became fierce fighters. And now,
-lord, the Kiko folk, who, up and down the river, are known for their
-gentleness, have become like devils."
-
-Sanders waited, and the chief went on:
-
-"Last night we came to the Kiko, desiring to rest with them, and in the
-dark of the forest they fell upon us, with great screaming; and, behold!
-of ten canoes these men are all I have left, for the Kiko were waiting
-for our coming."
-
-He looked earnestly at Sanders.
-
-"Tell me, lord," he said, "what magic do white men use to make warriors
-from cowards?"
-
-"That is not for your knowing," said Sanders diplomatically; "yet you
-should put this amongst the sayings of your people, 'Every rat fights in
-his hole, and fear is more fierce than hate.'"
-
-He went on to Kiko city, arriving in time to check an expedition, for
-the Kiko, filled with arrogance at their own powers, were assembling an
-army to attack the Ochori.
-
-"Often have I told," said the chief, trembling with pride, "that the
-Kiko were terrible and bloody--now, lord, behold! In the night we slew
-our oppressors, for the spirit of our fathers returned to us, and our
-enemies could not check us."
-
-"Excellent!" said Sanders in the vernacular. "Now I see an end to all
-taxation palaver, for, truly, you do not desire my soldiers nor the
-puc-a-puc. Yet, lest the Lulungo folk return--for they are as many as
-the sands of the river--I will send fighting men to help you."
-
-"Lord you are as our father and mother," said the gratified chief.
-
-"Therefore I will prevail upon Bosambo, whose heart is now sore against
-you, to come with his fighting tribes to sit awhile at your city."
-
-The chief's face worked convulsively: he was as one swallowing a noxious
-draught.
-
-"Lord," he said, speaking under stress of emotion, "we are a poor
-people, yet we may pay your lordship full taxes, for in the end I think
-it would be cheaper than Bosambo and his hungry devils."
-
-"So I think!" said Sanders.
-
-
-
-
- *CHAPTER III*
-
- *THE RISE OF THE EMPEROR*
-
-
-Tobolaka, the king of the Isisi, was appointed for his virtues, being a
-Christian and a Bachelor of Arts.
-
-For a time he ruled his country wisely and might have died full of
-honour, but his enthusiasm got the better of him.
-
-For Tobolaka had been taken to America when a boy by an enthusiastic
-Baptist, had been educated at a college and had lectured in America and
-England. He wrote passable Latin verse, so I am told; was a fluent
-exponent of the Free Silver Policy of Mr. Bryan, and wore patent leather
-shoes with broad silk laces.
-
-In London he attracted the attention of a callow Under-Secretary of
-State for the Colonies, and this Under-Secretary was a nephew of the
-Prime Minister, cousin of the Minister of War, and son-in-law of the
-Lord Chancellor, so he had a pull which most Under-Secretaries do not
-ordinarily possess.
-
-"Mr. Tobolaka," said the Under-Secretary, "what are your plans?"
-
-Mr. Tobolaka was a little restrained.
-
-"I feel, Mr. Cardow," he said, "that my duties lie in my land--no, I do
-not mean that I have any call to missionary work, but rather to
-administration. I am, as you know of the Isisi people--we are a pure
-Bantu stock, as far as legend supports that contention--and I have often
-thought, remembering that the Isisi are the dominant race, that there
-are exceptional opportunities for an agglomeration of interests; in
-fact----"
-
-"A splendid idea--a great idea!" said the enthusiastic Under-Secretary.
-
-Now it happened that this young Mr. Cardow had sought for years for some
-scheme which he might further to his advantage. He greatly desired,
-after the fashion of all budding Parliamentarians, to be associated with
-a movement which would bring kudos and advertisement in its train, and
-which would earn for him the approval or the condemnation of the Press,
-according to the shade of particular opinion which the particular
-newspapers represented.
-
-So in the silence of his room in Whitehall Court, he evolved a grand
-plan which he submitted to his chief. That great man promised to read
-it on a given day, and was dismayed when he found himself confronted
-with forty folios of typewritten matter at the very moment when he was
-hurrying to catch the 10.35 to the Cotswold Golf Links.
-
-"I will read it in the train," he said.
-
-He crammed the manuscript into his bag and forgot all about it; on his
-return to town he discovered that by some mischance he had left the
-great scheme behind.
-
-Nevertheless, being a politician and resourceful, he wrote to his
-subordinate.
-
-
-"DEAR CARDOW,--I have read your valuable document with more than
-ordinary interest. I think it is an excellent idea,"--he knew it was an
-idea because Cardow had told him so--"but I see many difficulties. Mail
-me another copy. I should like to send it to a friend of mine who would
-give me an expert opinion."
-
-
-It was a wily letter, but indiscreet, for on the strength of that letter
-the Under-Secretary enlisted the sympathies and practical help of his
-chief's colleagues.
-
-"Here we have a native and an educated native," he said impressively,
-"who is patriotic, intelligent, resourceful. It is a unique
-opportunity--a splendid opportunity. Let him go back to his country and
-get the threads together."
-
-The conversation occurred in the Prime Minister's room, and there were
-present three Ministers of the Crown, including a Home Secretary, who
-was frankly bored, because he had a scheme of his own, and would much
-rather have discussed his Artisans' Tenement (19--) Bill.
-
-"Isn't there a Commissioner Sanders in that part of the world?" he asked
-languidly. "I seem to remember some such name. And isn't there likely
-to be trouble with the minor chiefs if you set up a sort of Central
-African Emperor?"
-
-"That can be overcome," said the sanguine Cardow. "As for Sanders, I
-expect him to help. A dynasty established on the Isisi River might end
-all the troubles we have had there."
-
-"It might end other things," said the impatient Home Secretary. "Now
-about this Tenement Bill. I think we ought to accept Cronk's
-amendment--er----"
-
-A few weeks later Mr. Tobolaka was summoned to Whitehall Court.
-
-"I think, Mr. Tobolaka," said Cardow complacently, "I have arranged for
-a trial of our plan. The Government has agreed--after a tough fight
-with the permanent officials, I admit--to establish you on the Isisi as
-King and Overlord of the Isisi, Ochori, N'gombi, and Akasava. They will
-vote you a yearly allowance, and will build a house in Isisi city for
-you. You will find Mr. Sanders--er--difficult, but you must have a
-great deal of patience."
-
-"Sir," said Mr. Tobolaka, speaking under stress of profound emotion,
-"I'm e-eternally obliged. You've been real good to me, and I guess I'll
-make good."
-
-Between the date of Tobolaka's sailing and his arrival Sanders ordered a
-palaver of all chiefs, and they came to meet him in the city of the
-Isisi.
-
-"Chiefs and headmen," said Sanders, "you know that many moons ago the
-Isisi people rose in an evil moment and made sacrifice contrary to the
-law. So I came with my soldiers and took away the king to the Village
-of Irons, where he now sits. Because the Isisi are foolish people, my
-Government sets up a new king, who is Tobolaka, son of Yoka'n'kema, son
-of Ichulomo, the son of Tibilino."
-
-"Lord," gasped an Isisi headman, "this Tobolaka I remember. The
-God-folk took him away to their own land, where he learnt to be white."
-
-"Yet I promise you that he is black," said Sanders drily, "and will be
-blacker. Also, chiefs of the Ochori, N'gombi, and Akasava, this new
-king will rule you, being paramount king of these parts, and you shall
-bring him presents and tribute according to custom."
-
-There was an ominous silence.
-
-Then O'kara, the chief of the Akasava, an old and arrogant man, spoke:
-
-"Lord," he said, "many things have I learnt, such as mysteries and devil
-magic, yet I have not learnt in my life that the Akasava pay tribute to
-the Isisi, for, lord, in the year of the Floods, the Akasava fought with
-the Isisi and made them run; also, in the year of the Elephants, we
-defeated the Isisi on land and water, and would have sat down in their
-city if your lordship had not come with guns and soldiers and tempted us
-to go home."
-
-The Akasava headmen murmured their approval.
-
-"Alas," said the chief of the N'gombi, "we people of the N'gombi are
-fierce men, and often have we made the Isisi tremble by our mighty
-shouts. Now I should be ashamed to bring tribute to Tobolaka."
-
-The palaver waited for Bosambo of the Ochori to speak, but he was
-silent, for he had not grasped the bias of the Commissioner's mind.
-Other men spoke at length, taking their cue from their chiefs, but the
-men of the Ochori said nothing.
-
-"For how was I to speak?" said Bosambo, after the palaver. "No man
-knows how your lordship thinks."
-
-"You have ears," said Sanders, a little irritated.
-
-"They are large," admitted Bosambo, "so large that they hear your
-beautiful voice, but not so long that they hear your lordship's loving
-thoughts."
-
-Sanders's thoughts were by no means loving, and they diminished in
-beauty day by day as the ship which carried Tobolaka to his empire drew
-nearer.
-
-Sanders did not go down to the beach to meet him; he awaited his coming
-on the verandah of the residency, and when Tobolaka arrived, clad from
-head to foot in spotless white, with a helmet of exact colonial pattern
-on his head, Sanders swore fluently at all interfering and experimenting
-Governments.
-
-"Mr. Sanders, I presume?" said Tobolaka in English, and extended his
-hand.
-
-"Chief," said Sanders in the Isisi tongue, "you know that I am Sandi, so
-do not talk like a monkey; speak rather in the language of your people,
-and I will understand you better--also you will understand me."
-
-It so happened that Tobolaka had prepared a dignified little speech, in
-the course of which he intended congratulating Sanders on the prosperity
-of the country, assuring him of whole-hearted co-operation, and winding
-up with an expression of his wishes that harmonious relation should
-exist between himself and the State.
-
-It was founded on a similar speech delivered by King Peter of Servia on
-his assuming the crown. But, unfortunately, it was in English, and the
-nearest Isisi equivalent for congratulation is an idiomatic phrase which
-literally means, "High-man-look-kindly-on-dog-slave-who-lies-at-feet."
-And this, thought Tobolaka, would never do at all, for he had come to
-put the Commissioner in his place.
-
-Sanders condescended to talk English later when Tobolaka was discussing
-Cabinet Ministers.
-
-"I shall--at the Premier's request--endeavour to establish district
-councils," he said. "I think it is possible to bring the native to a
-realisation of his responsibility. As Cicero said----"
-
-"Do not bother about Cicero," said Sanders coldly. "It is not what
-Cicero said, but what Bosambo will say: there are philosophers on this
-river who could lose the ancients."
-
-Tobolakat in a canoe sent for him by the Isisi folk, went to his new
-home. He hinted broadly that a state entrance in the _Zaire_ would be
-more in keeping with the occasion.
-
-"And a ten-gun salute, I suppose!" snarled Sanders in Isisi. "Get to
-your land, chief, before I lose my patience, for I am in no mood to
-palaver with you."
-
-Tobolaka stopped long enough at headquarters to write privately to the
-admirable Mr. Cardow, complaining that he had received "scant courtesy"
-at the hands of the Commissioner. He had shown "deplorable antagonism."
-The letter concluded with respectful wishes regarding Mr. Cardow's
-health, and there was a postscript, significant and ominous to the
-effect that the writer hoped to cement the good feeling which already
-existed between Great Britain and the United States of America by means
-which he did not disclose.
-
-The excellent Mr. Cardow was frankly puzzled by the cryptic postscript,
-but was too much occupied with a successful vote of censure on the
-Government which had turned him into the cold shades of Opposition to
-trouble to reply.
-
-Tobolaka came to his city and was accorded a rapturous welcome by a
-people who were prepared at any given hour of the day or night to
-jubilate over anything which meant dances and feasts.
-
-He sat in the palaver house in his white duck suit and his white helmet,
-with a cavalry sword (this Sanders had not seen) between his knees, his
-white-gloved hands resting on the hilt.
-
-And he spoke to the people in Isisi, which they understood, and in
-English, which they did not understand, but thought wonderful. He also
-recited as much of the "Iliad" as he could remember, and then,
-triumphant and a little hoarse, he was led to the big hut of
-chieftainship, and was waited upon by young girls who danced for his
-amusement.
-
-Sanders heard of these things and more.
-
-He learnt that the Isisi were to be ruled in European fashion. To
-Tobolaka came Cala, a sycophantic old headman from the village of
-Toroli, with soft and oily words. Him the king promoted to be Minister
-of Justice, though he was a notorious thief. Mijilini, the fisher
-chief, Tobolaka made his Minister of War; he had a Home Secretary, a
-Minister of Agriculture, and a Fishery Commissioner.
-
-Sanders, steaming up-river, was met by the canoe of Limibolo, the
-Akasava man, and his canoe was decorated with clothes and spears as for
-a wedding.
-
-"Lord," said the dignified Limibolo, "I go to my village to hold a
-palaver, for my lord the king has called me by a certain name which I do
-not understand, but it has to do with the hanging of evil men, and, by
-Iwa! I know two men in my village who owe me salt, and they shall hang
-at once, by Death!"
-
-"Then will I come and you shall hang also!" said Sanders cheerlessly.
-"Be sure of that."
-
-It transpired that the light-hearted Limibolo had been created sheriff.
-
-Tobolaka was on the point of raising an army for his dignity, when
-Sanders came upon the scene.
-
-He arrived without warning, and Tobolaka had no opportunity for
-receiving him in the state which the king felt was due equally to
-himself and to the representative of Government.
-
-But he had ample time to come to the beach to greet the Commissioner
-according to custom. Instead, he remained before his hut and sent his
-minister in attendance, the ignoble Cala.
-
-"O Cala!" said Sanders as he stepped ashore across the _Zaire's_ narrow
-gangway, "what are you in this land?"
-
-"Lord," said Cala, "I am a great catcher of thieves by order of our
-lord; also, I check evil in every place."
-
-"O Ko!" said Sanders offensively, "now since you are the biggest thief
-of all, I think you had best catch yourself before I catch you."
-
-He walked through Isisi city.
-
-The king had been busy. Rough boards had been erected at every street
-corner.
-
-There was a "Downing Street," a "Fifth Avenue," a "Sacramento Street," a
-"Piccadilly," and a "Broadway."
-
-"These," explained Cala, "are certain devil marks which my king has put
-up to warn witches and spirits, and they have much virtue, for, lord, my
-son, who was troubled with pains in his stomach, as there"--he indicated
-"Broadway"--"and the pain left him."
-
-"It would," said Sanders.
-
-Tobolaka rose from his throne and offered his hand.
-
-"I am sorry, Mr. Sanders," he began, "you did not give us notice of your
-coming."
-
-"When I come again, Tobolaka," said Sanders, staring with his passionate
-grey eyes at the white-clad figure, "you shall come to the beach to meet
-me, for that is the custom."
-
-"But not the law," smiled the king.
-
-"My custom is the law," said Sanders. He dropped his voice till it was
-so soft as to be little above a whisper.
-
-"Tobolaka," he said, "I hanged your father and, I believe, his father.
-Now I tell you this--that you shall play this king game just so long as
-it amuses your people, but you play it without soldiers. And if you
-gather an army for whatever purpose, I shall come and burn your city and
-send you the way of your ancestors, for there is but one king in this
-land, and I am his chief minister."
-
-The face of the king twitched and his eyes fell.
-
-"Lord," he said, using the conventional "Iwa" of his people, "I meant no
-harm. I desired only to do honour to my wife."
-
-"You shall honour her best," said Sanders, "by honouring me."
-
-"Cicero says----" began Tobolaka in English.
-
-"Damn Cicero!" snapped Sanders in the same language.
-
-He stayed the day, and Tobolaka did his best to make reparation for his
-discourtesy. Towards evening Sanders found himself listening to
-complaints. Tobolaka had his troubles.
-
-"I called a palaver of all chiefs," he explained, "desiring to
-inaugurate a system analogous to county councils. Therefore I sent to
-the Akasava, the N'gombi, and the Ochori, their chiefs. Now, sir," said
-the injured Tobolaka, relapsing into English, "none of these
-discourteous fellows----"
-
-"Speak in the language of the land, Tobolaka," said Sanders wearily.
-
-"Lord, no man came," said the king; "nor have they sent tribute. And I
-desired to bring them to my marriage feast that my wife should be
-impressed; and, since I am to be married in the Christian style, it
-would be well that these little chiefs should see with their eyes the
-practice of God-men."
-
-"Yet I cannot force these chiefs to your palaver, Tobolaka," said
-Sanders.
-
-"Also, lord," continued the chief, "one of these men is a Mohammedan and
-an evil talker, and when I sent to him to do homage to me he replied
-with terrible words, such as I would not say again."
-
-"You must humour your chiefs, king," said Sanders, and gave the
-discomfited monarch no warmer cheer.
-
-Sanders left next day for headquarters, and in his hurry forgot to
-inquire further into the forthcoming wedding feast.
-
-"And the sooner he marries the better," he said to the Houssa captain.
-"Nothing tires me quite so much as a Europeanised-Americanised native.
-It is as indecent a spectacle as a niggerised white man."
-
-"He'll settle down; there's no stake in a country like a wife," said the
-Houssa. "I shouldn't wonder if he doesn't forget old man Cicero. Which
-chief's daughter is to be honoured?"
-
-Sanders shook his head.
-
-"I don't know, and I'm not interested. He might make a good chief--I'm
-prejudiced against him, I admit. As likely as not he'll chuck his job
-after a year if they don't 'chop' him--they're uncertain devils, these
-Akasavas. Civilisation has a big big call for him; he's always getting
-letters from England and America."
-
-The Houssa captain bit off the end of a cigar.
-
-"I hope he doesn't try Cicero on Bosambo," he said significantly.
-
-The next day brought the mail--an event.
-
-Usually Sanders was down on the beach to meet the surf-boat that carries
-the post, but on this occasion he was interviewing two spies who had
-arrived with urgent news.
-
-Therefore he did not see the passenger whom the _Castle Queen_ landed
-till she stood on the stoep before the open door of the residency.
-
-Sanders, glancing up as a shadow fell across the wooden stoep, rose and
-temporarily dismissed the two men with a gesture.
-
-Then he walked slowly to meet the girl.
-
-She was small and pretty in a way, rather flushed by the exertion of
-walking from the beach to the house.
-
-Her features were regular, her mouth was small, her chin a little weak.
-She seemed ill at ease.
-
-"How do you do?" said Sanders, bewildered by the unexpectedness of the
-vision. He drew a chair for her, and she sank into it with a grateful
-little smile, which she instantly checked, as though she had set herself
-an unpleasant task and was not to be conciliated or turned aside by any
-act of courtesy on his part.
-
-"And exactly what brings you to this unlikely place?" he asked.
-
-"I'm Millie Tavish," she said. "I suppose you've heard about me?"
-
-She spoke with a curious accent. When she told him her name he
-recognised it as Scottish, on which American was imposed.
-
-"I haven't heard about you," he said. "I presume you are going
-up-country to a missionary station. I'm sorry--I do not like lady
-missionaries in the country."
-
-She laughed a shrill, not unmusical laugh.
-
-"Oh, I guess I'm not a missionary," she said complacently. "I'm the
-queen."
-
-Sanders looked at her anxiously. To women in his country he had
-conscientious objections; mad women he barred.
-
-"I'm the queen," she repeated, evidently pleased with the sensation she
-had created. "My! I never thought I should be a queen. My grandfather
-used to be a gardener of Queen Victoria's before he came to N'York----"
-
-"But----" said the staggered Commissioner.
-
-"It was like this," she rattled on. "When Toby was in Philadelphia at
-the theological seminary I was a help at Miss Van Houten's--that's the
-boarding house--an' Toby paid a lot of attention to me. I thought he
-was joshin' when he told me he was going to be a king, but he's made
-good all right. And I've written to him every week, and he's sent me
-the money to come along----"
-
-"Toby?" said Sanders slowly. "Who is Toby?"
-
-"Mr. Tobolaka--King Tobolaka," she said.
-
-A look of horror, which he did not attempt to disguise, swept over the
-face of the Commissioner.
-
-"You've come out to marry him--a black man?" he gasped.
-
-The girl flushed a deep red.
-
-"That's my business," she said stiffly. "I'm not asking advice from
-you. Say, I've heard about you--your name's mud along this old coast,
-but I'm not afraid of you. I've got a permit to go up the Isisi, and
-I'm goin'."
-
-She was on her feet, her arms akimbo, her eyes blazing with anger, for,
-womanlike, she felt the man's unspoken antagonism.
-
-"My name may be mud," said Sanders quietly, "and what people say about
-me doesn't disturb my sleep. What they would say about me if I'd
-allowed you to go up-country and marry a black man would give me bad
-nights. Miss Tavish, the mail-boat leaves in an hour for Sierra Leone.
-There you will find a steamer to take you to England. I will arrange for
-your passage and see that you are met at Southampton and your passage
-provided for New York."
-
-"I'll not go," she stormed; "you don't put that kind of bluff on me.
-I'm an American citizeness and no dud British official is going to boss
-me--so there!"
-
-Sanders smiled.
-
-He was prepared to precipitate matters now to violate treaties, to
-create crises, but he was not prepared to permit what he regarded as an
-outrage. In turn she bullied and pleaded; she even wept, and Sanders's
-hair stood on end from sheer fright. To make the situation more
-difficult, a luxurious Isisi canoe with twenty paddlers had arrived to
-carry her to the city, and the headman in charge had brought a letter
-from her future lord welcoming her in copper-plate English. This letter
-Sanders allowed the man to deliver.
-
-In the end, after a hasty arrangement, concluded by letter with the
-captain of the boat, he escorted Millie Tavish to the beach.
-
-She called down on his head all the unhappiness her vocabulary could
-verbalise; she threw with charming impartiality the battle of
-Bannockburn and Bunker's Hill at his stolid British head. She invoked
-the shades of Washington and William Wallace.
-
-"You shall hear of this," she said as she stepped into the surf-boat.
-"I'm going to tell the story to every paper."
-
-"Thank you!" said Sanders, his helmet in his hand. "I feel I deserve
-it."
-
-He watched the boat making a slow progress to the ship and returned to
-his bungalow.
-
-
-
-
- *CHAPTER IV*
-
- *THE FALL OF THE EMPEROR*
-
-
-"My poor soul!" said the Houssa captain.
-
-He looked down into the long-seated chair where Sanders sprawled limply.
-
-"And is the owdacious female gone?" asked the soldier.
-
-"She's gone," said Sanders.
-
-The Houssa clapped his hands, not in applause, but to summon his
-orderly.
-
-"Ahmet," he said gravely, speaking in Arabic, "mix for the lord Sandi
-the juice of lemons with certain cunning ingredients such as you know
-well; let it be as cool as the hand of Azrael, as sweet as the waters of
-Nir, and as refreshing as the kisses of houris--go with God."
-
-"I wish you wouldn't fool," said Sanders, irritated.
-
-"This is a crisis of our affairs," said Hamilton the Houssa. "You need
-a tonic. As for myself, if this had happened to me, I should have been
-in bed with a temperature. Was she very angry?"
-
-Sanders nodded.
-
-"She called me a British loafer and a Jew in the same breath. She flung
-in my face every British aristocrat who had ever married an American
-heiress; she talked like the New York correspondent of an Irish paper
-for five minutes. She threatened me with the whole diplomatic armoury
-of America and the entire strength of Scottish opinion; if she could
-have made up her mind whether she was Scot or just Philadelphia I could
-have answered her, but when she goaded me into a retort about American
-institutions she opened her kailyard batteries and silenced me."
-
-The Houssa walked up and down the long bungalow.
-
-"It was impossible, of course," he said seriously. "absolutely
-impossible. She'll land at Sierra Leone and interview Tullerton--he's
-the U.S. Consul. I think she'll be surprised when she hears Tullerton's
-point of view."
-
-Sanders stayed to tiffin, and the discussion of Millie Tavish continued
-intermittently throughout the meal.
-
-"If I hadn't given Yoka permission to overhaul the engines of the
-_Zaire_" said Sanders, "I'd start right away for the Isisi and interview
-Tobolaka. But by this time he'll have her cylinders open. By the way,
-I've remembered something," he said, suddenly.
-
-He clapped his hands, and Hamilton's orderly came.
-
-"Ahmet," said Sanders, "go quickly to Sergeant Abiboo and tell him to
-give food to the Isisi boatmen who came this morning. Also that he
-shall tell them to stay with us, for I have a 'book' to write to the
-king."
-
-"On my life," said Ahmet conventionally, and went out.
-
-"I will say what I have to say by letter," said the Commissioner, when
-the man had gone at a jog-trot across the compound; "and, since he has a
-swift canoe, he will receive evidence of my displeasure earlier than it
-would otherwise reach him."
-
-Ahmet came back in five minutes, and with him Abiboo.
-
-"Lord," said the latter, "I could not do as you wish, for the Isisi have
-gone."
-
-"Gone!"
-
-"Lord, that is so, for when the lady came back from the ship she went
-straight away to the canoe and----"
-
-Sanders was on his feet, his face white.
-
-"When the lady came back from the ship," he repeated slowly, "Did she
-come back?"
-
-"Master, an hour since. I did not see her, for she came by the short
-way from the beach to the river-landing. But many saw her."
-
-Sanders nodded.
-
-"Go to Yoka and let him have steam against my coming."
-
-The sergeant's face was blank.
-
-"Lord, Yoka has done many things," he said, "such as removing the
-_shh-shh_ of the engine"--Sanders groaned--"yet will I go to him and
-speak with him for steam."
-
-"If he's got the cylinder dismantled," said Sanders in despair, "it will
-be hours before the _Zaire_ is ready, and I haven't a canoe that can
-overtake them."
-
-A Houssa came to the door.
-
-"A telegram for you," said Hamilton, taking the envelope from the man.
-
-Sanders tore it open and read. It was from London:
-
-
-"Washington wires: 'We learn American girl gone to Isisi, West Africa,
-to marry native king. Government request you advise authorities turn
-her back at all costs; we indemnify you against any act of arrest to
-prevent her carrying plan into execution.' Use your discretion and act.
-Have advised all magistrates. Girl's name Tavish.--Colonial Office."
-
-
-He had finished reading when Abiboo returned.
-
-"'To-morrow, two hours before the sun, there will be steam, master,' so
-said Yoka."
-
-"It can't be helped," said Sanders; "we'll have to try another way."
-
- * * * * *
-
-By swift canoe the Isisi is three days' journey from headquarters. From
-the Isisi to Ochori city is one day. Tobolaka had time to make a last
-effort to secure magnificence for his wedding feast.
-
-He sent for his councillor, Cala, that he might carry to Bosambo fine
-words and presents.
-
-"If he refuses to come for my honour," said Tobolaka, "you shall say to
-him that I am a man who does not forgive, and that one day I will come
-to with an army and there will be war."
-
-"Lord king," said the old man, "you are like an elephant, and the world
-shakes under your feet."
-
-"That is so," said the king; "also I would have you know that this new
-wife of mine is white and a great person in her own country."
-
-"Have no fear, lord," said Gala sagely; "I will lie to him."
-
-"If you tell me I lie, I will beat you to death, old monkey," said the
-wrathful Tobolaka. "This is true that I tell you."
-
-The old man was dazed.
-
-"A white woman," he said, incredulously. "Lord, that is shame."
-
-Tobolaka gasped. For here was a sycophant of sycophants surprised to an
-expression of opinion opposed to his master's.
-
-"Lord," stammered Cala, throwing a lifetime's discretion to the winds,
-"Sandi would not have this--nor we, your people. If you be black and
-she be white, what of the children of your lordship? By Death! they
-would be neither black nor white, but a people apart!"
-
-Tobolaka's fine philosophy went by the board.
-
-He was speechless with rage. He, a Bachelor of Arts, the favoured of
-Ministers, the Latinist, the wearer of white man's clothing, to be
-openly criticised by a barbarian, a savage, a wearer of no clothes, and,
-moreover, a worshipper of devils.
-
-At a word, Cala was seized and flogged. He was flogged with strips of
-raw hide, and, being an old man, he died.
-
-Tobolaka, who had never seen a man die of violence, found an
-extraordinary pleasure in the sight. There stirred within his heart
-sharp exultation, fierce joys which he had never experienced before.
-Dormant weeds of unreasoning hate and cruelty germinated in a second to
-life. He found himself loosening the collar of his white drill jacket
-as the bleeding figure pegged to the ground writhed and moaned.
-
-Then, obeying some inner command, he stripped first the coat and then
-the silk vest beneath from his body. He tugged and tore at them, and
-threw them, a ragged little bundle, into the hut behind him.
-
-Thus he stood, bareheaded, naked to the waist.
-
-His headmen were eyeing him fearfully. Tobolaka felt his heart leap
-with the happiness of a new-found power. Never before had they looked
-at him thus.
-
-He beckoned a man to him.
-
-"Go you," he said haughtily, "to Bosambo of the Ochori and bid him, on
-his life, come to me. Take him presents, but give them proudly."
-
-"I am your dog," said the man, and knelt at his feet.
-
-Tobolaka kicked him away and went into the hut of his women to flog a
-girl of the Akasava, who, in the mastery of a moment, had mocked him
-that morning because of his white man's ways.
-
-Bosambo was delivering judgment when the messenger of the king was
-announced.
-
-"Lord, there comes an Isisi canoe full of arrogance," said the
-messenger.
-
-"Bring me the headman," said Bosambo.
-
-They escorted the messenger, and Bosambo saw, by the magnificence of his
-garb, by the four red feathers which stood out of his hair at varying
-angles, that the matter was important.
-
-"I come from the king of all this land," said the messenger; "from
-Tobolaka, the unquenchable drinker of rivers, the destroyer of the evil
-and the undutiful."
-
-"Man," said Bosambo, "you tire my ears."
-
-"Thus says my king," the messenger went on: "'Let Bosambo come to me by
-sundown that he may do homage to me and to the woman I take to wife, for
-I am not to be thwarted, nor am I to be mocked. And those who thwart me
-and mock me I will come up against with fire and spear.'"
-
-Bosambo was amused.
-
-"Look around, Kilimini," he said, "and see my soldiers, and this city of
-the Ochori, and beyond by those little hills the fields where all things
-grow well; especially do you look well at those fields by the little
-hills."
-
-"Lord, I see these," said the messenger.
-
-"Go back to Tobolaka, the black man, and tell him you saw those fields
-which are more abundant than any fields in the world--and for a reason."
-
-He smiled at the messenger, who was a little out of his depth.
-
-"This is the reason, Kilimini," said Bosambo. "In those fields we buried
-many hundreds of the Isisi who came against my city in their folly--this
-was in the year of the Elephants. Tell your king this: that I have
-other fields to manure. The palaver is finished."
-
-Then out of the sky in wide circles dropped a bird, all blue and white.
-
-Raising his eyes, Bosambo saw it narrowing the orbit of its flight till
-it dropped wearily upon a ledge that fronted a roughly-made dovecot
-behind Bosambo's house.
-
-"Let this man have food," said Bosambo, and hastened to examine the
-bird.
-
-It was drinking greedily from a little trough of baked clay. Bosambo
-disturbed his tiny servant only long enough to take from its red legs a
-paper that was twice the size, but of the same substance, as a
-cigarette-paper.
-
-He was no great Arabic scholar, but he read this readily, because
-Sanders wrote beautiful characters.
-
-"To the servant of God, Bosambo.
-
-"Peace be upon your house. Take canoe and go quickly down-river. Here
-is to be met the canoe of Tobolaka, the king of Isisi, and a white woman
-travels therein. You shall take the white woman, though she will not go
-with you; nevertheless you shall take her, and hold her for me and my
-king. Let none harm her, on your head. Sanders, of the River and the
-People, your friend, writes this.
-
-"Obey in the name of God."
-
-Bosambo came back to the king's messenger.
-
-"Tell me, Kilimini," he said, "what palaver is this that the king your
-master has?"
-
-"Lord, it is a marrying palaver;" said the man, "and he sends you
-presents."
-
-"These I accept," said Bosambo; "but tell me, who is this woman he
-marries?"
-
-The man hesitated.
-
-"Lord," he said reluctantly, "they speak of a white woman whom my lord
-loved when he was learning white men's ways."
-
-"May he roast in hell!" said Bosambo, shocked to profanity. "But what
-manner of dog is your master that he does so shameful a thing? For
-between night and day is twilight, and twilight is the light of evil,
-being neither one thing nor the other; and between men there is this
-same. Black is black and white is white, and all that is between is
-foul and horrible; for if the moon mated with the sun we should have
-neither day nor night, but a day that was too dark for work and a night
-that was too light for sleep."
-
-Here there was a subject which touched the Monrovian deeply, pierced his
-armour of superficial cynicism, overset his pinnacle of self-interest.
-
-"I tell you, Kilimini," he said, "I know white folk, having once been on
-ship to go to the edge of the world. Also, I have seen nations where
-white and black are mingled, and these people are without shame, with no
-pride, for the half of them that is proud is swallowed by the half of
-them that is shameful, and there is nothing of them but white man's
-clothing and black man's thoughts."
-
-"Lord," said Kilimini timidly, "this I know, though I fear to say such
-things, for my king is lately very terrible. Now we Isisi have great
-sorrow because he is foolish."
-
-Bosambo turned abruptly.
-
-"Go now, Kilimini," he said. "Later I shall see you."
-
-He waved the messenger out of his thoughts. Into his hut, through this
-to his inner hut, he went.
-
-His wife sat on the carpeted floor of Bosambo's harem, her brown baby on
-her knees.
-
-"Heart of gold," said Bosambo, "I go to a war palaver, obeying Sandi.
-All gods be with you and my fine son.
-
-"And with you, Bosambo, husband and lord," she said calmly; "for if this
-is Sandi's palaver it is good."
-
-He left her, and sent for his fighting headman, the one-eyed Tembidini,
-strong in loyalty.
-
-"I shall take one war canoe to the lower river," said Bosambo. "See to
-this: fifty fighting men follow me, and you shall raise the country and
-bring me an army to the place where the Isisi River turns twice like a
-dying snake."
-
-"Lord, this is war," said his headman.
-
-"That we shall see," said Bosambo.
-
-"Lord, is it against the Isisi?"
-
-"Against the king. As to the people, we shall know in good time."
-
- * * * * *
-
-Miss Millie Tavish, seated luxuriously upon soft cushions under the
-thatched roof of a deck-house, dreamt dreams of royalty and of an urbane
-negro who had raised his hat to her. She watched the sweating paddlers
-as they dug the water rhythmically singing a little song, and already
-she tasted the joys of dominion.
-
-She had the haziest notion of the new position she was to occupy. If
-she had been told that she would share her husband with half-a-dozen
-other women--and those interchangeable from time to time--she would have
-been horrified.
-
-Sanders had not explained that arrangement to her, partly because he was
-a man with a delicate mind, and partly because he thought he had solved
-the problem without such explanation.
-
-She smiled a triumphant little smile every time she thought of him and
-her method of outwitting him. It had been easier than she had
-anticipated.
-
-She had watched the Commissioner out of sight and had ordered the boat
-to return to shore, for standing an impassive witness to her embarkation
-had been the headman Tobolaka had sent. Moreover, in the letter of the
-king had been a few simple words of Isisi and the English equivalent.
-
-She thought of many things--of the busy city she had left, of the dreary
-boarding-house, of the relations who had opposed her leaving, of the
-little legacy which had come to her just before she sailed, and which
-had caused her to hesitate, for with that she could have lived in fair
-comfort.
-
-But the glamour of a throne--even a Central African throne--was upon
-her--she--Miss Tavish--Millie Tavish--a hired help----
-
-And here was the actuality. A broad river, tree-fringed banks, high
-rushes at the water edge, the feather-headed palms of her dreams showing
-at intervals, and the royal paddlers with their plaintive song.
-
-She came to earth as the paddlers ceased, not together as at a word of
-command but one by one as they saw the obstruction.
-
-There were two canoes ahead, and the locked shields that were turned to
-the king's canoe were bright with red n'gola--and red n'gola means war.
-
-The king's headman reached for his spear half-heartedly. The girl's
-heart beat faster.
-
-"Ho, Soka!"
-
-Bosambo, standing in the stern of the canoe, spoke:
-
-"Let no man touch his spear, or he dies!" said Bosambo.
-
-"Lord, this is the king's canoe," spluttered Soka, wiping his streaming
-brow, "and you do a shameful thing, for there is peace in the land."
-
-"So men say," said Bosambo evasively.
-
-He brought his craft round so that it lay alongside the other.
-
-"Lady," he said in his best coast-English, "you lib for go with me one
-time; I be good feller; I be big chap--no hurt 'um--no fight 'um."
-
-The girl was sick with terror. For all she knew, and for all she could
-gather, this man was a cruel and wicked monster. She shrank back and
-screamed.
-
-"I no hurt 'um," said Bosambo. "I be dam good chap; I be Christian,
-Marki, Luki, Johni; you savee dem fellers? I be same like."
-
-She fainted, sinking in a heap to the bottom of the canoe. In an
-instant Bosambo's arm was around her. He lifted her into his canoe as
-lightly as though she was a child.
-
-Then from the rushes came a third canoe with a full force of paddlers
-and, remarkable of a savage man's delicacy, two women of the Ochori.
-
-She was in this canoe when she recovered consciousness, a woman bathing
-her forehead from the river. Bosambo, from another boat, watched the
-operation with interest.
-
-"Go now," he said to the chief of the paddlers, "taking this woman to
-Sandi, and if ill comes to her, behold, I will take your wives and your
-children and burn them alive--go swiftly."
-
-Swiftly enough they went, for the river was high, and at the river head
-the floods were out.
-
-"As for you," said Bosambo to the king's headman, "you may carry word to
-your master, saying thus have I done because it was my pleasure."
-
-"Lord," said the head of the paddlers, "we men have spoken together and
-fear for our lives; yet we will go to our king and tell him, and if he
-illtreats us we will come back to you."
-
-Which arrangement Bosambo confirmed.
-
-King Tobolaka had made preparations worthy of Independence Day to greet
-his bride. He had improvised flags at the expense of his people's
-scanty wardrobe. Strings of tattered garments crossed the streets, but
-beneath those same strings people stood in little groups, their arms
-folded, their faces lowering, and they said things behind their hands
-which Tobolaka did not hear.
-
-For he had outraged their most sacred tradition--outraged it in the face
-of all protest. A rent garment, fluttering in the wind--that was the
-sign of death and of graves. Wherever a little graveyard lies, there
-will be found the poor wisps of cloth flapping sadly to keep away
-devils.
-
-This Tobolaka did not know or, if he did know, scorned.
-
-On another such occasion he had told his councillors that he had no
-respect for the "superstitions of the indigenous native," and had quoted
-a wise saying of Cicero, which was to the effect that precedents and
-traditions were made only to be broken.
-
-Now he stood, ultra-magnificent, for a _lokali_ sounding in the night
-had brought him news of his bride's progress.
-
-It is true that there was a fly in the ointment of his self-esteem. His
-invitation, couched in the choicest American, to the missionaries had
-been rejected. Neither Baptist nor Church of England nor Jesuit would
-be party to what they, usually divergent in their views, were unanimous
-in regarding as a crime.
-
-But the fact did not weigh heavily on Tobolaka. He was a resplendent
-figure in speckless white. Across his dress he wore the broad blue
-ribbon of an Order to which he was in no sense entitled.
-
-In places of vantage, look-out men had been stationed, and Tobolaka
-waited with growing impatience for news of the canoe.
-
-He sprang up from his throne as one of the watchers came pelting up the
-street.
-
-"Lord," said the man, gasping for breath, "two war canoes have passed."
-
-"Fool!" said Tobolaka. "What do I care for war canoes?
-
-"But, lord," persisted the man, "they are of the Ochori and with them
-goes Bosambo, very terrible in his war dress; and the Ochori have
-reddened their shields."
-
-"Which way did he come?" asked Tobolaka, impressed in spite of himself.
-
-"Lord," said the man, "they came from below to above."
-
-"And what of my canoe?" asked Tobolaka.
-
-"That we have not seen," replied the man.
-
-"Go and watch."
-
-Tobolaka was not as perturbed as his councillors, for he had never
-looked upon reddened shields or their consequences. He waited for half
-an hour, and then the news came that the canoe was rounding the point,
-but no woman was there.
-
-Half mad with rage and chagrin, Tobolaka struck down the man who brought
-the intelligence. He was at the beach to meet the crestfallen headman,
-and heard his story in silence.
-
-"Take this man," said Tobolaka, "and all the men who were with him, and
-bind them with ropes. By Death! we will have a feast and a dance and
-some blood!"
-
-That night the war drums of the Isisi beat from one end of the land to
-the other, and canoes filled with armed men shot out of little creeks
-and paddled to the city.
-
-Tobolaka, naked save for his skin robe and his anklets of feathers,
-danced the dance of quick killing, and the paddlers of the royal canoe
-were publicly executed--with elaborate attention to detail.
-
-In the dark hours before the dawn the Isisi went out against the Ochori.
-At the first flash of daylight they landed, twelve thousand strong, in
-Ochori territory. Bosambo was strongly placed, and his chosen regiments
-fell on the Isisi right and crumpled it up. Then he turned sharply and
-struck into the Isisi main body. It was a desperate venture, but it
-succeeded. Raging like a veritable devil, Tobolaka sought to rally his
-personal guard, but the men of the Isisi city who formed it had no heart
-for the business. They broke back to the river.
-
-Whirling his long-handed axe (he had been a famous club swinger in the
-Philadelphia seminary), Tobolaka cut a way into the heart of the Ochori
-vanguard.
-
-"Ho, Bosambo!" he called, and his voice was thick with hate. "You have
-stolen my wife; first I will take your head, then I will kill Sandi,
-your master."
-
-Bosambo's answer was short, to the point, and in English:
-
-"Dam nigger!" he said.
-
-It needed but this. With a yelp like the howl of a wolf, Tobolaka,
-B.A., sprang at him, his axe swirling.
-
-But Bosambo moved as only a Krooman can move.
-
-There was the flash of a brown body, the thud of an impact, and Tobolaka
-was down with a steel grip at his throat and a knee like a battering-ram
-in his stomach.
-
- * * * * *
-
-The _Zaire_ came fussing up, her decks black with Houssas, the polished
-barrels of her guns swung out. Sanders interviewed King Tobolaka the
-First--and last.
-
-The latter would have carried the affair off with a high hand.
-
-"Fortune of war, Mr. Sanders," he said airily. "I'm afraid you
-precipitated this conduct by your unwarrantable and provocative conduct.
-As Cicero says somewhere----"
-
-"Cut it out," said Sanders. "I want you, primarily for the killing of
-Cala. You have behaved badly."
-
-"I am a king and above criticism," said Tobolaka philosophically.
-
-"I am sending you to the Coast for trial," said Sanders promptly.
-"Afterwards, if you are lucky, you will probably be sent home--whither
-Miss Tavish has already gone."
-
-
-
-
- *CHAPTER V*
-
- *THE KILLING OF OLANDI*
-
-
-Chief of Sanders's spies in the wild country was Kambara, the N'gombi
-man, resolute, fearless, and very zealous for his lord. He lived in the
-deep of the N'gombi forest, in one of those unexpected towns perched
-upon a little hill with a meandering tributary to the great river, half
-ringing its base.
-
-His people knew him for a wise and silent chief, who dispensed justice
-evenhandedly, and wore about his neck the chain and medal of his office
-(a wonder-working medal with a bearded face in relief and certain devil
-marks).
-
-He made long journeys, leaving his village without warning and returning
-without notice. At night he would be sitting before his fire, brooding
-and voiceless; in the morning he would be missing. Some of his people
-said that he was a witch-doctor, practising his magic in hidden places
-of the forest; others that he changed himself into a leopard by his
-magic and went hunting men. Figuratively speaking, the latter was near
-the truth, for Kambara was a great tracker of criminals, and there was
-none so wily as could escape his relentless search.
-
-Thus, when Bolobo, the chief, plotted a rising, it was Kambara's word
-which brought Sanders and his soldiers, to the unbounded dismay of
-Bolobo, who thought his secret known only to himself and his two
-brothers.
-
-It was Kambara who accomplished the undoing of Sesikmi, the great king;
-it was Kambara who held the vaguely-defined border line of the N'gombi
-country more effectively than a brigade of infantry against the raider
-and the Arab trader.
-
-Sanders left him to his devices, sending such rewards as his services
-merited, and receiving in exchange information of a particularly
-valuable character.
-
-Kambara was a man of discretion. When Olandi of the Akasava came into
-the N'gombi forest, Kambara lodged him regally, although Olandi was
-breaking the law in crossing the border. But Olandi was a powerful
-chief and, ordinarily, a law-abiding man, and there are crimes which
-Kambara preferred to shut his eyes upon.
-
-So he entertained Olandi for two days--not knowing that somewhere down
-the little river, in Olandi's camp, was a stolen woman who moaned and
-wrung her hands and greatly desired death.
-
-For Olandi's benefit the little village made merry, and Tisini, the wife
-of Kambara, danced the dance of the two buffaloes--an exhibition which
-would have been sufficient to close the doors of any London music-hall
-and send its manager to hard labour.
-
-At the same time that Olandi departed, Kambara disappeared; for there
-were rumours of raiding on the frontier, and he was curious in the
-interests of government.
-
-Three weeks afterwards a man whose face none saw came swiftly and
-secretly to the frontiers of the Akasava country, and with him came such
-of his kindred as were closely enough related to feel the shame which
-Olandi had put upon them.
-
-For Olandi of the Akasava had carried off the favourite wife of the man,
-though not against her will.
-
-This Olandi was a fine animal, tall and broad of shoulder, muscled like
-an ox, arrogant and pitiless. They called him the native name for
-leopard because he wore robes of that beast's skin, two so cunningly
-joined that a grinning head lay over each broad shoulder.
-
-He was a hunter and a fighting man. His shield was of wicker,
-delicately patterned and polished with copal; his spears were made by
-the greatest of the N'gombi craftsmen, and were burnished till they
-shone like silver; and about his head he wore a ring of silver. A fine
-man in every way.
-
-Some say that he aspired to the kingship of the Akasava, and that
-Tombili's death might with justice be laid at his door; but as to that
-we have no means of knowing the truth, for Tombili was dead when they
-found him in the forest.
-
-Men might tolerate his tyrannies, sit meekly under his drastic
-judgments, might uncomplainingly accept death at his hands; but no man
-is so weak that he would take the loss of his favourite wife without
-fighting, and thus it came about that these men came paddling furiously
-through the black night.
-
-Save for the "flip-flap" of the paddles, as they struck the water, and
-the little groan which accompanied each stroke, there was no sound.
-
-They came to the village where Olandi lorded it just as the moon cleared
-the feathery tops of the N'gombi woods.
-
-Bondondo lay white and silent under the moon, two rows of roofs yellow
-thatched, and in the centre the big rambling hut of the chief, with its
-verandah propped with twisted saplings.
-
-The secret man and his brothers made fast their two canoes and leapt
-lightly to land. They made no sound, and their leader guiding them,
-they went through the street like ghostly shadows.
-
-Before the chief's hut the embers of a dull fire glowed. He hesitated
-before the doors. Three huts built to form a triangle composed the
-chief's habitation. To the right and left was an entrance with a
-hanging curtain of skins.
-
-Likely as not Olandi slept in the third hut, which opened from either of
-these.
-
-He hesitated a moment, then he drew aside the curtains of the right-hand
-door and went in, his brother, his uncle, and his two cousins following.
-
-A sleepy voice asked who was there.
-
-"I come to see the lord Olandi," said the intruder.
-
-He heard a rustle at the farthermost end of the room and the creaking of
-a skin bed.
-
-"What seek you?" said a voice, and it was that of a man used to command.
-
-"Is that my lord?" demanded the visitor.
-
-He had a broad-bladed elephant sword gripped fast, so keen of edge that
-a man might shave the hair from the back of his hand therewith.
-
-"I am Olandi," said the man in the darkness, and came forward.
-
-There was absolute stillness. They who waited could hear the steady
-breathing of the sleepers; they heard, too, a "whish!" such as a
-civilised man hears when his womenfolk thrust a hatpin through a soft
-straw shape.
-
-Another tense silence, then:
-
-"It is as it should be," said the murderer calmly, and softly called a
-name. Somebody came blundering from the inner room sobbing with chokes
-and gulps.
-
-"Come," said the man, then: "Is the foreign woman there also? Let her
-also go with us."
-
-The girl called another in a low voice, and a woman joined them. Olandi
-was catholic in his tastes and raided indiscriminately.
-
-The first girl shrank back as her husband laid his hand on her arm.
-
-"Where is my lord?" she whimpered.
-
-"I am your lord," said the secret man dryly; "as for the other, he has
-no need of women, unless there be women in hell, which is very likely."
-
-None attempted to stop the party as it went through the street and back
-to the canoes, though there were wails and moanings in Olandi's hut and
-uneasy stirrings in the villages.
-
-Men hailed them sharply as they passed, saying, "Oilo?" which means,
-"Who walks?" But they made no reply.
-
-Then with the river and safety before them, there arose the village
-watchman who challenged the party.
-
-He had heard the faint death-cry from Olandi's hut, and advanced his
-terrible cutting-spear to emphasise his challenge.
-
-The leader leapt at him, but the watchman parried the blow skilfully and
-brought the blade of his spear down as a man of olden times might sweep
-his battle-axe.
-
-The other's sword had been struck from his hold, and he put up his
-defenceless arm to ward off the blow.
-
-Twice the sharp edge of the spear slashed his hand, for in the uncertain
-light of the moon the watchman misjudged his distance.
-
-Then, as he recovered for a decisive stroke, one of the kinsmen drove at
-his throat, and the watchman went down, his limbs jerking feebly.
-
-The injured man stopped long enough roughly to dress his bleeding palm,
-then led his wife, shivering and talking to herself like a thing
-demented, to the canoe, the second wife following.
-
-In the early hours before the dawn four swift paddlers brought the news
-to Sanders, who was sleeping aboard the _Zaire_, made fast to the beach
-of Akasava city.
-
-Sanders sat on the edge of his tiny bed, dangling his pyjama'd legs over
-the side, and listened thoroughly--which is a kind of listening which
-absorbs not only the story, but takes into account the inflexion of the
-teller's voice, the sympathy--or lack of it--the rage, the despair, or
-the resignation of the story-teller.
-
-"So I see," said Sanders when the man had finished, for all four were
-hot with the news and eager to supply the deficiencies of the others,
-"this Olandi was killed by one whose wife he had stolen, also the
-watchman was killed, but none other was injured."
-
-"None, lord," said one of the men, "for we were greatly afraid because
-of the man's brethren. Yet if he had sought to stop him, many others
-would have been killed."
-
-"'If the sun were to set in the river, the waters would boil fish,'"
-quoted Sanders. "I will find this man, whoever he be, and he shall
-answer for his crime."
-
-He reached the scene of the killing and made prompt inquiry. None had
-seen the face of the secret man save the watchman--and he was dead. As
-for the women--the villagers flapped their arms hopelessly. Who could
-say from what nation, from what tribes, Olandi stole his women?
-
-One, so other inmates of Olandi's house said, was undoubtedly Ochori; as
-to the other, none knew her, and she had not spoken, for, so they said,
-she loved the dead man and was a willing captive.
-
-This Olandi had hunted far afield, and was a hurricane lover and a tamer
-of women; how perfect a tamer Sanders discovered, for, as the Isisi
-saying goes, "The man who can bribe a woman's tongue could teach a snake
-to grind corn."
-
-In a civilised country he would have found written evidence in the
-chief's hut, but barbarous man establishes no clues for the prying
-detective, and he must needs match primitive cunning with such powers of
-reason and instinct as his civilisation had given to him.
-
-A diligent search of the river revealed nothing. The river had washed
-away the marks where the canoes had been beached. Sanders saw the
-bodies of both men who had fallen without being very much the wiser. It
-was just before he left the village that Abiboo the sergeant made a
-discovery.
-
-There is a certain tree on the river with leaves which are credited with
-extraordinary curative powers. A few paces from where the watchman fell
-such a tree grew.
-
-Abiboo found beneath its low branches a number of leaves that had been
-newly plucked. Some were stained with blood, and one bore the clear
-impression of a palm.
-
-Sanders examined it carefully. The lines of the hand were clearly to be
-seen on the glossy surface of the leaf, and in the centre of the palm
-was an irregular cut, shaped like a roughly-drawn St. Andrew's Cross.
-
-He carefully put the leaf away in his safe and went on to pursue his
-inquiries.
-
-Now, of all crimes difficult to detect, none offers such obstacles as
-the blood feud which is based on a woman palaver.
-
-Men will speak openly of other crimes, tell all there is to be told, be
-willing--nay, eager--to put their sometime comrade's head in the noose,
-if the murder be murder according to accepted native standards. But
-when murder is justice, a man does not speak; for, in the near future,
-might not he stand in similar case, dependent upon the silence of his
-friends for very life?
-
-Sanders searched diligently for the murderers, but none had seen them
-pass. What direction they took none knew. Indeed, as soon as the
-motive for the crime became evident, all the people of the river became
-blind. Then it was that Sanders thought of Kambara and sent for him,
-but Kambara was on the border, importantly engaged.
-
-Sanders pursued a course to the Ochori country.
-
-"One of these women was of your people," he said to Bosambo the chief.
-"Now I desire that you shall find her husband."
-
-Bosambo shifted his feet uneasily.
-
-"Lord," he said, "it was no man of my people who did this. As to the
-woman, many women are stolen from far-away villages, and I know nothing.
-And in all these women palavers my people are as dumb beasts."
-
-Bosambo had a wife who ruled him absolutely, and when Sanders had
-departed, he writhed helplessly under her keen tongue.
-
-"Lord and chief," she said, "why did you speak falsely to Sandi, for you
-know the woman of the Ochori who was stolen was the girl Michimi of
-Tasali by the river? And, behold, you yourself were in search of her
-when the news of Olandi's killing came."
-
-"These things are not for women," said Bosambo: "therefore, joy of my
-life, let us talk of other things."
-
-"Father of my child," persisted the girl, "has Michimi no lover who did
-this killing, nor a husband? Will you summon the headman of Tasali by
-the river and question him?"
-
-She was interested--more interested than Bosambo.
-
-"God is all-seeing and beneficent," he said devoutly. "Leave me now,
-for I have holy thoughts and certain magical ideas for finding this
-killer of Olandi, though I wish him no harm."
-
- * * * * *
-
-Sanders had a trick of accepting alarming statements with a
-disconcerting calm.
-
-People who essayed the task of making his flesh creep had no reward for
-their labours; his politely incredulous "O, ko!" which, uttered in
-certain tones, means, "Oh, indeed!" made his informant curl up inwardly.
-
-Komo, pompous to a degree, anxious to impress his lord with the fact
-that he, Komo, was no ordinary chief, but a watchful, zealous, and
-conscientious regent, came fussing down the river in a glad sweat to
-speak of happenings on the edge of his territory.
-
-Sanders granted the man an immediate audience, though he arrived in the
-dark hours of the night.
-
-If you will visualise the scene, you have Sanders sitting up in bed in
-his pyjamas, and two Houssas splashed with rain--for a thunderstorm was
-raging--one of whom holds a lantern, all the light necessary to reveal a
-reeking Komo, shiny and wet, who, squatting on the floor, is voluble and
-ominous.
-
-"As is my practice, lord," said Komo, "I watch men and things for your
-honour's comfort, being filled with a desire to serve you. And thus it
-is that I have learnt of certain things, dances and spells of evil,
-which are practised by the Ochori."
-
-"The Ochori?"
-
-Sanders was puzzled.
-
-"By the Ochori--the trusted."
-
-There was no mistaking the arch turn to his speech; the two words were
-charged with gentle irony.
-
-"Is Bosambo dead that these things should be?" asked Sanders dryly. "Or
-has he perchance joined with the dancers?"
-
-"Lord," said Komo impressively, "Bosambo dances with his people. For,
-being chief, he is the first to stamp his foot and say 'Ho!' He, too,
-assists at sacrifices and is ripe for abominable treachery."
-
-"Oh, indeed!" said Sanders, with an inward sigh of relief. "Now I tell
-you this, Komo; there was once a great lord who trusted no man, nor did
-he trust his household, his wives, nor his slaves, and he walked ever
-with his back to the sun so that his shadow should run before him, for
-he did not trust his shadow. And one day he came to a river in flood,
-and behold! his shadow lay before him. And because he feared to turn
-his back upon his shadow, he plunged in and was drowned."
-
-"Lord, I have heard the story. He was a king, and a great one," said
-Komo. Sanders nodded.
-
-"Therefore, Komo, heed this: I trust all men--a little. I trust Bosambo
-much, for he has been my man in fair weather and foul." He turned to
-the silent Houssas. "Let this man be lodged according to his dignity
-and give him a present of cloth. The palaver is finished."
-
-And Sanders, drawing the bedclothes up to his neck, the night being
-cold, turned over and was asleep before the chief and his escort had
-cleared the verandah.
-
-"A busybody," was Sanders's verdict on Komo; yet, since there is no
-smoke without fire, he deemed it advisable to investigate at first hand.
-
-Two days after the crestfallen chief had started on his way home the
-_Zaire_ passed his canoe in mid-stream, going the same way, and the
-sight of her white hull and twin smokestacks brought consolation to
-Komo.
-
-"My lord has considered my words," said he to his headman; "for at his
-village they said that the puc-a-puc did not leave till the new moon
-came, and here he comes, though the old moon is still sowing his rind."
-
-"Chief," said the headman, "you are great in council, and even Sandi
-hearkens and obeys. You are wiser than an owl, swift and terrible as a
-hawk, and your voice is like the winds of a storm."
-
-"You speak truly," said Komo, who had no false sense of modesty. "I am
-also very cunning, as you shall see."
-
-Sanders was indeed beating up to the Ochori country. He was perturbed,
-not by reason of Komo's sinister suggestion, but because his spies had
-been silent. If there were dances in the Ochori country he should have
-been told, however innocent those dances were.
-
-Pigeons had gone ahead of him to tell of his journey, and he found the
-first of his agents awaiting him at the junction of the Ikeli with the
-Isisi.
-
-"Lord, it is true that the Ochori dance," said the man, "yet, knowing
-your lordship trusted Bosambo, I did not make report."
-
-"There you did wrong," said Sanders; "for I tell you that if a hawk
-kills a parrot, or the crocodiles find new breeding-places, I wish to
-know what there is to know."
-
-He gleaned more of these mysterious revels which Bosambo held in the
-forest as he grew nearer to the Ochori country, and was more puzzled
-than ever.
-
-"Master," said the chief of the N'gombi village, "many folk go to the
-Ochori dance, for Bosambo the chief has a great magic."
-
-"What manner of magic?"
-
-"Lord, it is a magic with whiteness," and he exhibited his hand proudly.
-
-Straight across the reddish-brown palm was an irregular streak of white
-paint.
-
-"This the lord Bosambo did," he said, "and, behold, every day this
-remains will be fortunate for me."
-
-Sanders regarded the sign with every evidence of strong emotion.
-
-Two months before Sanders had sent many tins of white paint with
-instructions to the Ochori chief that his men should seek out the
-boundary posts of his kingdom--and particularly those that impinged upon
-foreign territories--and restore them to startling freshness.
-
-"Many people of the Isisi, N'gombi, and Akasava go to Bosambo," the
-little chief continued; "for, behold, this magic of Bosambo's wipes away
-all soil. And if a man has been guilty of wickedness he is released of
-punishment. I," he added proudly, "once killed my wife's father _cala
-cala_, and frequently I have sorrowed because of this and because my
-wife often reminds me. Now, lord, I am a clean man, so clean that when
-the woman spoke to me this morning about my faraway sin, I hit her with
-my spear, knowing that I am now innocent."
-
-Sanders thought rapidly.
-
-"And what do you pay Bosambo for this?" he asked.
-
-"Nothing, lord," said the man.
-
-"Nothing!" repeated Sanders incredulously.
-
-"Lord, Bosambo gives his magic freely, saying he has made a vow to
-strange gods to do this; and because it is free, many men go to his
-dance for purification. The lord Kambara, the Silent One, he himself
-passed at sunrise to-day."
-
-Sanders smiled to himself. Kambara would have an interest in stray
-confessions of guilt----
-
-That was it! The meaning of Bosambo's practice came to him in a flash.
-The painting of hands--the lure of purification; Bosambo was waiting for
-the man with the scarred hand.
-
-Sanders continued his journey, tied up five miles short of the Ochori
-city, and went on foot through the forest to the place of meeting.
-
-It was dark by the time he had covered half the journey, but there was
-no need of compass to guide him, even had the path been more difficult
-to follow. Ahead was a dull red glow in the sky where Bosambo's fires
-burnt.
-
-Four fires there were, set at the points of an imaginary square. In the
-centre a round circle of stones, and in the centre again three spears
-with red hafts.
-
-Bosambo had evidently witnessed, or been participant in, an initiation
-ceremony of a Monrovian secret society.
-
-Within the circle moved Bosambo, and without it, two or three deep, the
-moving figures of those who sought his merciful services.
-
-Slowly he moved. In one hand a bright tin of Government paint, in the
-other a Government brush.
-
-Sanders, from his place of observation, grinned approvingly at the
-solemnity in which Bosambo clothed the ceremony.
-
-One by one he daubed the men--a flick of the brush, a muttered
-incantation, and the magic was performed.
-
-Sanders saw Kambara in the front rank and was puzzled, for the man was
-in earnest. If he had come to scoff he remained to pray. Big beads of
-perspiration glistened on his forehead, the outstretched hands were
-shaking.
-
-Bosambo approached him, lifted his brush, peered down, then with a sweep
-of his arm he drew the N'gombi chief to him.
-
-"Brother," he said pleasantly, "I have need of you."
-
-Sanders saw what it meant, and went crashing through the undergrowth to
-Bosambo's side, and the yelling throng that had closed round the
-struggling pair drew back.
-
-"Lord, here is your man!" said Bosambo, and forcibly pulled forward
-Kambara's palm.
-
-Sanders took his prisoner back to the _Zaire_, and from thenceforward,
-so far as the crime was concerned, there was no difficulty, for Kambara
-told the truth.
-
-"Lord," he said, "my hand alone is in fault; for, though my people were
-with me, none struck Olandi but I. Now do with me what you will, for my
-wife hates me and I am sick for sleep."
-
-"This is a bad palaver," said Sanders gravely, "for I trusted you."
-
-"Lord, you may trust no man," said Kambara, "when his woman is the
-palaver. I shall be glad to die, for I was her dog. And Olandi came
-and stayed one night in my village, and all that I was to her and all
-that I have given her was as nothing. And now she weeps all day for
-him, as does the Ochori woman I took with her. And, lord, if women
-worship only the dead, make an end, for I am sick of her scorn."
-
-Sanders, with his head sunk, his hands clasped behind, his eyes
-examining the floor of his cabin--they were on board the
-_Zaire_--whistled a tune, a trick of his when he was worried.
-
-"Go back to your village," he said. "You shall pay the family of Olandi
-thirty goats and ten bags of salt for his blood."
-
- * * * * *
-
-"Master," said Bosambo. "I have great joy in my heart that you did not
-hang this man, for it seems that Olandi did not die too soon. As for
-the Ochori girl," he went on, "I would have killed Olandi on her
-account--only Kambara was there first. This," he added, "I tell you,
-lord, for your secret hearing, for I knew this girl."
-
-Sanders looked at Bosambo keenly.
-
-"They tell me that you have but one wife, Bosambo," he said.
-
-"I have one," said Bosambo evasively, "but in my lifetime I have many
-perils, of which the woman my wife knows nothing, for it is written in
-the Sura of the Djinn, 'Men know best who know most, but a woman's
-happiness lies in her delusions.'"
-
-
-
-
- *CHAPTER VI*
-
- *THE PEDOMETER*
-
-
-Bosambo, the chief of the Ochori, was wont to style himself in moments
-of magnificent conceit, King of the Ochori, Lord Chief of the Elebi
-River, High Herd of Untamable Buffaloes and of all Goats.
-
-There were other titles which I forget, but I merely mention his claims
-in order that I may remark that he no longer refers to the goats of his
-land. There is a reason.
-
-Hikilari, the wise old chief of the Akasava, went hunting in strange
-territories. That was the year when game went unaccountably westward,
-some say through the spell of M'Shimba M'Shamba; but, as Sanders knew,
-because of the floods.
-
-Hikilari went by river for three days and across a swamp, he and his
-hunters, before they found elephant. Then they had a good kill, and his
-bearers came rollicking back to Akasava city, laden with good teeth,
-some weighing as much as two hundred kilos.
-
-It was good fortune, but he paid for it tremendously, for when he
-yearned to return he was troubled with extraordinary drowsiness, and had
-strange pains in his head. For this he employed the native remedy,
-which was binding a wire tightly round his head. None the less he grew
-no better, and there came a time when Hikilari, the Wise One, rose in
-the middle of the night and, going out into the main street of the
-village, danced and sang foolishly, snapping his fingers.
-
-His sons, with his nephews and his brothers, held a palaver, and the
-elder of his sons, M'Kovo, an evil man, spoke thuswise:
-
-"It seems that my father is sick with the sickness mongo, for he is now
-foolish, and will soon be dead. Yet I desire that no word of this shall
-go to Sandi. Let us therefore put my father away safely, saying he has
-gone a long journey; and, whilst he is absent, there are many things we
-may do and many enemies of whom we may rid ourselves. And if Sandi
-comes with the soldiers and says, 'Why did you these things?' we shall
-say, 'Lord, who is chief here? A madman. We did as he bid; let it be
-on his head.'"
-
-The brother of the sick king thought it would be best to kill him
-privily, but against this the king's son set his face.
-
-"Whilst he is alive he is chief," he said significantly; "if he be dead,
-be sure Sandi will find somebody to punish, and it may well be me."
-
-For three days they kept the king to his hut, whilst witch-doctors
-smeared him with red clay and ingola and chanted and put wet clay on his
-eyes. At the end of that time they removed him by night to a hastily
-thatched hut in the forest, and there he was left to M'Kovo's creatures.
-
-Sanders, who knew many things of which he was supposed to be ignorant,
-did not know this. He knew that Hikilari was a wise man; that he had
-been on a journey; that there were no reasons why he (Sanders) should
-not make a tour to investigate affairs in the Akasava.
-
-He was collecting hut tax in the N'gombl country from a simple pastoral
-people who objected on principle to pay anything, when the news came to
-him that a party of Akasava folk had crossed the Ochori border, raided a
-village, and, having killed the men, had expeditiously carried away the
-women and goats.
-
-Sanders was in the midst of an interminable palaver when the news came,
-and the N'gombi people who squatted at his feet regarded him with
-expectant hope, a hope which was expressed by a small chief who at the
-moment had the ear of the assembly.
-
-"Lord, this is bad news," he said in the friendly manner of his kind,
-"and we will not trouble your lordship any farther with our grievances,
-which are very small. So, therefore, if on account of our bad crops you
-remit a half of our taxation, we will go peaceably to our villages
-saying good words about your honour's justice."
-
-"You shall pay all your taxation," said Sanders brusquely. "I waste my
-time talking with you."
-
-"Remit one-third," murmured the melancholy speaker. "We are poor men,
-and there has been no fish in the river----"
-
-Sanders rose from his seat of state wearily.
-
-"I will return with the moon," he said, "and if all taxes be not paid,
-there will be sad hearts in this village and sore backs, believe me.
-The palaver is finished."
-
-He sent one messenger to the chief of the Akasava, and he himself went
-by a short cut through the forest to the Ochori city, for at the
-psychological moment a cylinder head on the _Zaire_ had blown out.
-
-He reached the Ochori by way of Elebi River, through Tunberi--which was
-swamp, owing to unexpected, unseasonable, and most atrocious rains.
-Three days he waded, from knee-deep to waist-high, till his arms ached
-maddeningly from holding his rifle above the black ooze and mud.
-
-And he came upon hippo and water-snake, and once the "boy" who walked
-ahead yelled shrilly and went down, and Sanders himself was nearly
-knocked off his feet by the quick rush of the crocodile bearing his
-victim to the near-by river.
-
-At the end of three days Sanders came to the higher land, where a man
-might sleep elsewhere than in trees, and where, too, it was possible to
-bathe in spring water, unpack shirts from headborne loads and count
-noses.
-
-He was now a day's march from the Ochori, but considerably less than a
-day's march from the Ochori army, for two hours after he had resumed his
-journey he came upon the chief Bosambo and with him a thousand spears.
-
-And Bosambo was naked, save for his kilt of monkey-tails, and in the
-crook of the arm which carried his wicker shield, he carried his five
-fighting spears.
-
-He halted his army at the sight of Sanders, and came out to meet him.
-
-"Bosambo," said Sanders quietly, "you do me honour that you bring the
-pick of your fighting men to guard me."
-
-"Lord," said Bosambo with commendable frankness, "this is no honour to
-you, for I go to settle an account with the King of the Akasava."
-
-Sanders stood before him, his head perched on one side like a bird's,
-and he slapped his leg absent-mindedly with his pliant cane.
-
-"Behold," he said, "I am he who settles all accounts as between kings
-and kings and men and men, and I tell you that you go back to your city
-and sit in patience whilst I do the work for which my lord the King
-appointed me."
-
-Bosambo hesitated. He was pardonably annoyed.
-
-"Go back to your city, Bosambo," said Sanders gently.
-
-The chief squared his broad shoulders.
-
-"I am your man," he said, and turned without another word.
-
-Sanders stopped him before he had taken half a dozen paces.
-
-"Give me twenty fighting men," he said, "and two canoes. You shall hold
-your men in check whilst I go about the King's business."
-
-An hour later he was going down-stream as fast as a five-knot current
-and his swift paddlers could take him.
-
-He came to the Akasava city at noon of the following day, and found it
-peaceable enough.
-
-M'Kovo, the king's son, came to the beach to meet him.
-
-"Lord Sandi," he said with an extravagant gesture of surprise, "I see
-that the summer comes twice in one season, for you----"
-
-Sanders was in no mood for compliments.
-
-"Where is the old chief, your father?" he asked.
-
-"Master," said M'Kovo earnestly, "I will not lie to you. My father has
-taken his warriors into the forest, and I fear that he will do evil."
-
-And he told a story which was long and circumstantial, of the sudden
-flaming up of an old man's rages and animosities.
-
-Sanders listened patiently.
-
-An unwavering instinct, which he had developed to a point where it rose
-superior to reason, told him that the man was lying. Nor was his faith
-in his own judgment shaken when M'Kovo produced his elder men and
-witnesses to his sire's sudden fit of depravity.
-
-But Sanders was a cunning man and full of guile.
-
-He dropped his hand of a sudden upon the other's shoulder.
-
-"M'Kovo," he said mildly, "it seems that your chief and father is no
-longer worthy. Therefore you shall dwell in the chief's hut. Yet first
-you shall bring me the chief Hikilari, and you shall bring him unhurt
-and he shall have his eyes. Bring him quickly, M'Kovo."
-
-"Lord," said M'Kovo sullenly, "he will not come, and how may I force
-him, for he has many warriors with him?"
-
-Sanders thought the matter out.
-
-"Go now," he said after a while, "and speak with him, telling him that I
-await him."
-
-"Lord, that I will do," said M'Kovo, "but I cannot go till night because
-I fear your men will follow me, and my father, seeing them, will put me
-to death."
-
-Sanders nodded.
-
-That night M'Kovo came to him ready for his journey, and Sanders took
-from his pocket a round silver box.
-
-"This you shall hang about your neck," he said, "that your father may
-know you come from me."
-
-M'Kovo hung the round box by a piece of string and walked quickly toward
-the forest.
-
-Two miles on the forest path he met his cousins and brothers, an
-apprehensive assembly.
-
-"My stomach is sick with fear," said his elder cousin Tangiri; "for
-Sandi has an eye that sees through trees."
-
-"You are a fool," snarled M'Kovo; "for Sandi is a bat who sees nothing.
-What of Hikilari, my father?"
-
-His younger brother extended the point of his spear and M'Kovo saw that
-it was caked brown with blood.
-
-"That was best," he said. "Now we will all go to sleep, and in the
-morning I will go back to Sandi and tell him a tale."
-
-In the morning his relatives scratched his legs with thorns and threw
-dust over him, and an hour later, artificially exhausted, he staggered
-to the hut before which Mr. Commissioner Sanders sat at breakfast.
-
-Sanders glanced keenly at the travel-worn figure.
-
-"My friend," he said softly, "you have come a long way?"
-
-"Lord," said M'Kovo, weak of voice, "since I left you I have not rested
-save before my father, who sent me away with evil words concerning your
-honour."
-
-And the exact and unabridged text of those "evil words" he delivered
-with relish.
-
-Sanders reached down and took the little silver box that lay upon the
-heaving chest.
-
-"And this you showed to your father?" he asked.
-
-"Lord, I showed him this," repeated the man.
-
-"And you travelled through the night--many miles?"
-
-"Master, I did as I have told," M'Kovo replied.
-
-Sanders touched a spring, and the case of the box flew open. There was
-revealed a dial like that of a watch save that it contained many little
-hands.
-
-M'Kovo watched curiously as Sanders examined the instrument.
-
-"Look well at this, M'Kovo," said Sanders dryly; "for it is a small
-devil which talks truly--and it tells me that you have travelled no
-farther than a man may walk in the time that the full moon climbs a
-tree."
-
-The _Zaire_ had arrived during the night, and a Houssa guard stood
-waiting.
-
-Sanders slipped the pedometer into his pocket, gave a characteristic
-jerk of his head, and Sergeant Abiboo seized his prisoner.
-
-"Let him sit in irons," said Sanders in Arabic, "and take six men along
-the forest road and bring me any man you may find."
-
-Abiboo returned in an hour with four prisoners, and they were very
-voluble--too voluble for the safety of M'Kovo and his younger brother,
-for by night Sanders had discovered a forest grave where Hikilari the
-wise chief lay.
-
-It was under a tree with wide-spreading branches, and was eminently
-suitable for the sequel to that tragedy.
-
- * * * * *
-
-Bosambo was not to blame for every crime laid at his door. He had a
-feud with the Akasava, not without reason. The death of M'Kovo his
-enemy was not sufficient to extinguish the obligation, for the Akasava
-had spilt blood, and that rankled for many months. He was by nature a
-thief, being a Krooman from the Liberian coast before he came to be king
-over the simple and fearful Ochori.
-
-So when all the trouble between the Akasava and Ochori seemed at rest,
-Sanders had occasion to come to the Ochori country in a hurry--and the
-river was low.
-
-There is no chart of the big river worth two cents in the dry season,
-because unexpected sand banks come barking up in the fairway, and there
-are whole stretches of river wherein less than a fathom of water runs.
-Sometimes the boy sitting on the bow of the _Zaire_, thrusting a pliant
-rod into the stream, would cry through his nose that there were two
-fathoms of water when there was but one.
-
-He was, as I have beforetime said, of the Kano folk, and somewhat
-religious, dreaming of a pilgrimage to Mecca, and a green band round his
-tarboosh.
-
-"I declare to you the glory of God and a fathom and a little."
-
-Bump!
-
-"Get overboard, you talkative devil!" said Sanders, who was more annoyed
-because this was the fourteenth bank he had struck since he left
-headquarters. So the whole crew jumped waist deep into the water, and
-singing a little song as they toiled, pushed the boat clear.
-
-Sanders struck his thirty-ninth bank just before he came to the village
-of Ochori, and he landed in a most unamiable mood.
-
-"Bosambo," he said, "I have two minds about you--the one is to hang you
-for your many wickednesses, the other is to whip you."
-
-"Master," said Bosambo with grave piety, "all things shall be as
-ordained."
-
-"Have no fear but that it will be one or the other," warned the
-Commissioner. "I am no dog that I should run from one end of the state
-to the other because a thieving black man raids in forbidden territory."
-
-Bosambo, whose guilty conscience suggested many reasons for the
-unexpected visit of the Commissioner, seemed less genuinely astonished.
-
-"Master, I am no nigger," he said, "being related by birth and previous
-marriages to several kings, also----"
-
-"You are a liar," said Sanders, fuming, "and related by birth and
-marriage to the father of liars; and I did not come to talk about your
-uninteresting family, but rather to discuss a matter of night raiding."
-
-"As to night raiding" said Bosambo frankly, "I know nothing about that.
-I went with my councillors to the Akasava, being anxious to see the new
-chief and tell him of my love; also," he said piously, "to say certain
-Christian prayers by the grave of my enemy, for, as you know, lord, our
-faith teaches this."
-
-"By night you went," said Sanders, ignoring the challenge of "our
-faith," "and Akasava city may easily be gained in broad daylight; also,
-when the Akasava fell upon you, you had many goats tied up in your
-canoes.
-
-"They were my goats," said Bosambo with dignity. "These I brought with
-me as a present to the new chief."
-
-In his exasperation Sanders swore long and fluently.
-
-"Blood has paid for blood," he said wrathfully, "and there shall be no
-more raidings. More than this, you shall stay in this city and shall
-not move therefrom till you have my word."
-
-"Lord Sandi," said Bosambo, "I hear to obey."
-
-A light of unholy joy came momentarily into the eyes of the
-Commissioner, flickered a moment, and was gone, leaving his face
-impassive.
-
-"You know, Bosambo," he said mildly--for him, "that I have great faith
-in you; therefore I leave you a powerful fetish, who shall be as me in
-my absence."
-
-He took from the pocket of his uniform jacket a certain round box of
-silver, very pleasant to the touch, being somewhat like a flattened egg.
-
-Sanders had set his pedometer that morning.
-
-"Take this and wear it for my sake," he said.
-
-Bosambo threaded a chain through its loop of silver and hung it about
-his neck.
-
-"Lord," he said gratefully, "you have done this thing before the eyes of
-my people, and now they will believe all I tell them regarding your love
-for me."
-
-Sanders left the Ochori city next morning.
-
-"Remember," he warned, "you do not go beyond the borders of your city."
-
-"Master," said Bosambo, "I sit fasting and without movement until your
-lordship returns."
-
-He watched the _Zaire_ until she was a white speck on the placid face of
-the water; then he went to his hut.
-
-Very carefully he removed the silver case from his neck and laid it in
-the palm of his hand.
-
-"Now, little devil," he addressed it, "who watches the coming and going
-of men, I think I will learn all about you. O hanger of M'Kovo!"
-
-He pressed the knob--he had once possessed a watch, and was wise in the
-way of stem springs--the case flew open, and showed him the little
-dials.
-
-He shook the instrument violently, and heard a faint clicking. He saw a
-large hand move across the second of a circle.
-
-Bearing the pedometer in his hand, he paced the length of the village
-street, and at every pace the instrument clicked and the hand moved.
-When he was still it did not move.
-
-"Praise be to all gods!" said Bosambo. "Now I know you, O Talker! For
-I have seen your wicked tongue wagging, and I know the manner of your
-speech."
-
-He made his way slowly back to his hut.
-
-Before the door his new baby, the light of his eyes, sprawled upon a
-skin rug, clutching frantically at the family goat, a staid veteran,
-tolerant of the indignities which a small brown man-child might put upon
-him. Bosambo stopped to rub the child's little brown head and pat the
-goat's sleek neck.
-
-Then he went into the hut, carefully removed the tell-tale instrument
-from the chain at his neck, and hid it with other household treasures in
-a hole beneath his bed.
-
-At sundown his _lokali_ brought the fighting men together.
-
-"We go to the Akasava," he said, addressing them briefly, "for I know a
-village that is fat with corn and the stolen goats of the Ochori. Also
-the blood of our brothers calls us, though not so loudly as the goats."
-
-He marched away, and was gone three days, at the end of which time he
-returned minus three men--for the Akasava village had resisted his
-attentions strenuously--but bringing with him some notable loot.
-
-News travels fast on the river, especially bad news, and this reached
-Sanders, who, continuing his quest for hut tax, had reached the Isisi.
-
-On the top of this arrived a messenger from the Akasava chief, and
-Sanders went as fast as the _Zaire_ could carry him to the Ochori city.
-
-Bosambo heard of his coming.
-
-"Bring me, O my life and pride," he said to his wife, "a certain silver
-box which is under my bed; it is so large and of such a shape."
-
-"Lord," said his wife, "I know the box well."
-
-He slipped the loop of the string that held it over his head, and in all
-calmness awaited his master's coming.
-
-Sanders was very angry indeed, so angry that he was almost polite to his
-erring chief.
-
-"Lord," said Bosambo, when the question was put to him, "I have not left
-my city by day or by night. As you find me, so have I been--sitting
-before my hut thinking of holy things and your lordship's goodness."
-
-"Give me that box," said Sanders.
-
-He took it in his hand and snapped it open. He looked at the dials for a
-long time; then he looked at Bosambo, and that worthy man returned his
-glance without embarrassment.
-
-"Bosambo," said Sanders, "my little devil tells me that you have
-travelled for many miles----"
-
-"Lord," said the bewildered chief, "if it says that it lies."
-
-"It is true enough for me," said Sanders. "Now I tell you that you have
-gone too far, and therefore I fine you and your people fifty goats, also
-I increase your taxation, revoke your hunting privileges in the Isisi
-forest, and order you to find me fifty workmen every day to labour in
-the Government service."
-
-"Oh, ko!" groaned Bosambo, standing on one leg in his anguish. "That is
-just, but hard, for I tell you, Lord Sandi, that I did raid the Akasava,
-yet how your devil box should know this I cannot tell, for I wrapped it
-in cloth and hid it under my bed."
-
-"You did not carry it?" asked Sanders incredulously.
-
-"I speak the truth, and my wife shall testify," said Bosambo.
-
-He called her by name, and the graceful Kano girl who domineered him
-came to the door of his hut.
-
-"Lord, it is true," she said, "for I have seen it, and all the people
-have seen it, even while my lord Bosambo was absent."
-
-She stooped down and lifted her fat baby from the dust.
-
-"This one also saw it," she said, the light of pride in her eyes, "and
-to please my Lord Bosambo's son, I hung it round the neck of Neta the
-goat. Did I wrong?"
-
-"Bright eyes," said Bosambo, "you can do no wrong, yet tell me, did Neta
-the goat go far from the city?"
-
-The woman nodded.
-
-"Once only," she said. "She was gone for a day and a night, and I
-feared for your box, for this is the season when goats are very
-restless."
-
-Bosambo turned to his overlord.
-
-"You have heard, O Sandi," he said. "I am in fault, and will pay the
-price."
-
-"That you will," said Sanders, "for the other goat has done no wrong."
-
-
-
-
- *CHAPTER VII*
-
- *THE BROTHER OF BOSAMBO*
-
-
-Bosambo was a Monrovian. Therefore he was a thief. For just as most
-Swedes are born fair and with blue eyes, and most Spaniards come into
-this world with swarthy skins, so all Monrovians come into this life
-constitutionally dishonest.
-
-In another place I have told the story of the chief's arrival in
-Sanders's territory, of the audacious methods by which he usurped the
-throne, of that crazy stool of chieftainship, and I hinted at the sudden
-and unexpected ends, discreditable to Bosambo, which befell the rightful
-heirs to the chieftainship.
-
-Bosambo was a good man by many standards--Christian and pagan. He ruled
-his people wisely, and extracted more revenue in one year than any
-previous chief had taken from the lazy Ochori in ten years.
-
-Incidentally he made an excellent commission, for it was Bosambo's way
-to collect one for the Government and two for himself. He had in those
-far-off days, if I remember rightly, been an unruly subject of the
-President of Liberia. Before a solemn tribunal he had been convicted of
-having stolen a buoy-bell which had been placed in the fairway to warn
-navigators of a wreck, and had converted the same to his own use. He
-had escaped from captivity and, after months of weary travelling, had
-arrived in the Ochori country.
-
-Sanders had found him a loyal man, and trusted him in all matters
-affecting good government. There were others who did not trust Bosambo
-at all--notably certain chiefs of the Isisi, of the Akasava, and of the
-N'gombi.
-
-These men had measured their wits with the foreigner, the ruler of the
-Ochori, and been worsted. And because of certain courageous acts
-performed in the defence of his country it was well known from one end
-of the territories to the other that Bosambo was "well loved by Sandi,"
-who rumour said--in no complimentary manner--was related to the chief.
-
-As to how this rumour arose Bosambo knows best. It is an elementary
-fact that travelling news accumulates material in its transit.
-
-Thus it came about that in Monrovia, and in Liberia itself, the fame of
-the ex-convict grew apace, and he was exalted to a position which he
-never pretended to occupy. I believe a Liberian journal, published by a
-black man, or men, so far forgot the heinous offence of which Bosambo
-stood convicted as to refer to him as "our worthy fellow-citizen, Mr.
-Bosambo, High Commissioner for the Ochori."
-
-He was a wealthy prince; he was a king. He was above Commissioner
-Sanders in point of importance. He was even credited with exercising an
-influence over the Home Government which was without parallel in the
-history of the Coast.
-
-Bosambo had relatives along the Coast, and these discovered themselves
-in ratio with his greatness. He had a brother named Siskolo, a tall,
-bony, and important man.
-
-Siskolo was first in importance by reason of the fact that he had served
-on one of his Majesty's ships as a Krooman, that he had a smattering of
-English, and that he had, by strict attention to business during the
-period of his contact with white men, stolen sufficient to set him up in
-Liberia as a native storekeeper.
-
-He was called Mr. Siskolo, and had ambitions at some future period to
-become a member of the Legislative Council.
-
-It cannot be said with truth that the possession of a brother such as
-Bosambo was gave him any cause for pride or exaltation during the time
-when Bosambo's name in Liberia was synonymous with mud. It is even on
-record that after having denied the relationship he referred to
-Bosambo--when the relationship was a certainty beyond dispute--as a "low
-nigger."
-
-When the Liberian Government, in its munificence, offered an adequate
-reward for the arrest of this law-breaker, Mr. Siskolo, in the most
-public-spirited way, through the columns of the Press, offered to add a
-personal reward of his own.
-
-Then the public attitude of Liberia changed towards Bosambo, and with
-this change Siskolo's views upon his brother also underwent a change.
-Then came a time when Bosambo was honoured in his own land, and men
-spoke of him proudly, and, as I have indicated, even the public Press
-wrote of him in terms of pride.
-
-Now Mr. Siskolo, as is recounted, gathered around him all people who
-were nearly or distantly related to him, and they ranged from the pure
-aboriginal grandfather to the frock-coated son-in-law, who ran a boot
-factory in Liberia.
-
-"My friends and my comrades," said Mr. Siskolo oracularly, "you all know
-that my dear brother Bosambo has now a large territory, and is honoured
-beyond any other coloured man upon this coast. Now I have loved Bosambo
-for many years, and often in the night I have wrestled in prayer for his
-safety. Also, I have spoken well about him to all the white men I have
-met, and I have on many occasions sent him large sums of money by
-messenger. If this money has not been received," continued Mr. Siskolo
-stoutly, "it is because the messengers were thieves, or robbers may have
-set upon them by the wayside. But all my clerks and the people who love
-me know that I sent this money, also I have sent him letters praising
-him, and giving him great riches."
-
-He paused, did Mr. Siskolo, and thrust a bony hand into the pockets of
-the dress trousers he had acquired from the valet of the French Consul.
-
-"I have called you together," he said slowly, "because I am going to
-make a journey into the country, and I am going to speak face to face
-with my beloved brother. For I hear that he has many treasures in his
-land, and it is not good that he should be so rich, and we, all of us
-who are related to him in blood, and have loved him and prayed for him
-for so many years, should be poor."
-
-None of the relations who squatted or sat about the room denied this.
-Indeed, there was a murmur of applause, not unmixed, however, with
-suspicion, which was voiced by one Lakiro, popularly supposed to be
-learned in the law.
-
-"All this is fine talk, Siskolo," he said; "yet how shall we know in
-what proportion our dear relation Bosambo will desire to distribute his
-wealth amongst those of us who love him?"
-
-This time the applause was unmistakable.
-
-Mr. Siskolo said haughtily: "After I have received treasure from my dear
-brother Bosambo--my own brother, related to me in blood, as you will all
-understand, and no cousin, as you are--after this brother of mine, whom
-I have loved so dearly and for so long, has given me of his treasure, I
-will take my half, and the other half I will distribute evenly among
-you."
-
-Lakiro assumed his most judicial air.
-
-"It seems to me," he said, "that as we are all blood relations, and have
-brought money for this journey which you make, Siskolo, and you
-yourself, so far as I know, are not finding so much as a dollar, our
-dear friend and relative Bosambo would be better pleased if his great
-gifts were distributed equally, though perhaps"--and he eyed the
-back-country brethren who had assembled, and who were listening
-uncomprehendingly to a conversation which was half in English and half
-in Monrovian--"it would be better to give less to those who have no need
-of money, or less need than we who have acquired by our high education,
-expensive and luxurious tastes, such as champagne, wine and other noble
-foods."
-
-For two days and the greater part of two nights the relations of Bosambo
-argued over the distribution of the booty which they so confidently
-anticipated. At the end of a fortnight Siskolo departed from Liberia on
-a coasting steamer, and in the course of time he arrived at Sanders's
-headquarters.
-
-Now it may be said that the civilised native--the native of the frock
-coat and the top hat--was Mr. Commissioner Sanders's pet abomination.
-He also loathed all native men who spoke English--however badly they
-spake it--with the sole exception of Bosambo himself, whose stock was
-exhausted within fifty words. Yet he listened patiently as Siskolo
-unfolded his plan, and with the development of the scheme something like
-a holy joy took its place in Sanders's soul.
-
-He even smiled graciously upon this black man.
-
-"Go you, Siskolo," he said gently. "I will send a canoe to carry you to
-your brother. It is true, as you say, that he is a great chief, though
-how rich he may be I have no means of knowing. I have not your
-wonderful eyes."
-
-Siskolo passed over the insult without a word.
-
-"Lord Sandi," he said, dropping into the vernacular, for he received
-little encouragement to proceed in the language which was Sanders's own.
-"Lord Sandi, I am glad in my heart that I go to see my brother Bosambo,
-that I may take him by the hand. As to his treasure, I do not doubt
-that he has more than most men, for Bosambo is a very cunning man, as I
-know. I am taking him rich presents, amongst them a clock, which goes
-by machinery, from my own store, which could not be bought at any Coast
-port under three dollars, and also lengths and pieces of cloth."
-
-Mr. Siskolo was up early in a morning of July. Mr. Siskolo in a tall
-hat--his frock coat carefully folded and deposited in the little
-deckhouse on the canoe, and even his trousers protected against the
-elements by a piece of cardboard box--set out on the long journey which
-separated him from his beloved brother.
-
-In a country where time does not count, and where imagination plays a
-very small part, travelling is a pleasant though lengthy business. It
-was a month and three days before Siskolo came to the border of his
-brother's territory. He was two miles from Ochori city when he arrayed
-himself in the hat, the frock coat, and the trousers of civilisation
-that he might make an entry in a manner befitting one who was of kin to
-a great and wealthy prince.
-
-Bosambo received the news of his brother's arrival with something akin
-to perturbation.
-
-"If this man is indeed my brother," he said, "I am a happy man, for he
-owes me four dollars he borrowed _cala-cala_ and has never repaid."
-
-Yet he was uneasy. Relations have a trick of producing curious disorder
-in their hosts. This is not peculiar to any race or colour, and it was
-with a feeling of apprehension that Bosambo in his state dress went
-solemnly in procession to meet his brother.
-
-In his eagerness Siskolo stepped out of the canoe before it was
-grounded, and waded ashore to greet his brother.
-
-"You are indeed my brother--my own brother Bosambo," he said, and
-embraced him tenderly. "This is a glorious day to me."
-
-"To me," said Bosambo, "the sun shines twice as bright and the little
-birds sing very loudly, and I feel so glad, that I could dance. Now
-tell me, Siskolo," he went on, striking a more practical note, "why did
-you come all this way to see me? For I am a poor man, and have nothing
-to give you."
-
-"Bosambo," said Siskolo reproachfully, "I bring you presents of great
-value. I do not desire so much as a dollar. All I wish is to see your
-beautiful face and to hear your wise words which men speak about from
-one end of the country to the other."
-
-Siskolo took Bosambo's hands again.
-
-There was a brief halt whilst Siskolo removed the soaked
-trousers--"for," he explained, "these cost me three dollars."
-
-Thus they went into the city of the Ochori--arm in arm, in the white
-man's fashion--and all the city gazed spellbound at the spectacle of a
-tall, slim man in a frock coat and top hat with a wisp of white shirt
-fluttering about his legs walking in an attitude of such affectionate
-regard with Bosambo their chief.
-
-Bosambo placed at the disposal of his brother his finest hut. For his
-amusement he brought along girls of six different tribes to dance before
-this interested member of the Ethiopian Church. Nothing that he could
-devise, nothing that the unrewarded labours of his people could perform,
-was left undone to make the stay of his brother a happy and a memorable
-time.
-
-Yet Siskolo was not happy. Despite the enjoyment he had in all the
-happy days which Bosambo provided of evidence of his power, of his
-popularity, there still remained a very important proof which Siskolo
-required of Bosambo's wealth.
-
-He broached the subject one night at a feast given in his honour by the
-chief, and furnished, it may be remarked in parenthesis, by those who
-sat about and watched the disposal of their most precious goods with
-some resentment.
-
-"Bosambo, my brother," said Siskolo, "though I love you, I envy you.
-You are a rich man, and I am a very poor man and I know that you have
-many beautiful treasures hidden away from view."
-
-"Do not envy me, Siskolo," said Bosambo sadly, "for though I am a chief
-and beloved by Sandi, I have no wealth. Yet you, my brother, and my
-friend, have more dollars than the grains of the sand. Now you know I
-love you," Bosambo went on breathlessly, for the protest was breaking
-from the other's lips, "and I do these things without desire of reward.
-I should feel great pain in my heart if I thought you should offer me
-little pieces of silver. Yet, if you do so desire, knowing how humble I
-am before your face, I would take what you gave me not because I wish
-for riches at your hands, but because I am a poor man."
-
-Siskolo's face was lengthening.
-
-"Bosambo," he said, and there was less geniality in his tone, "I am also
-a poor man, having a large family and many relations who are also your
-relations, and I think it would be a good thing if you would offer me
-some fine present that I might take back to the Coast, and, calling all
-the people together, say 'Behold, this was given to me in a far country
-by Bosambo, my brother, who is a great chief and very rich.'"
-
-Bosambo's face showed no signs of enthusiasm.
-
-"That is true," he said softly, "it would be a beautiful thing to do,
-and I am sick in my heart that I cannot do this because I am so poor."
-
-This was a type of the conversation which occupied the attention of the
-two brothers whenever the round of entertainments allowed talking space.
-
-Bosambo was a weary man at the end of ten days, and cast forth hints
-which any but Bosambo's brother would have taken.
-
-It was:
-
-"Brother," he said, "I had a dream last night that your family were sick
-and that your business was ruined. Now I think that if you go swiftly
-to your home----"
-
-Or:
-
-"Brother, I am filled with sorrow, for the season approaches in our land
-when all strangers suffer from boils."
-
-But Siskolo countered with neatness and resolution, for was he not
-Bosambo's brother?
-
-The chief was filled with gloom and foreboding. As the weeks passed and
-his brother showed no signs of departing, Bosambo took his swiftest
-canoe and ten paddlers and made his way to the I'kan where Sanders was
-collecting taxes.
-
-"Master," said Bosambo, squatting on the deck before the weary
-Commissioner, "I have a tale to tell you."
-
-"Let it be such a tale," said Sanders, "as may be told between the
-settling of a mosquito and the sting of her."
-
-"Lord, this is a short tale," said Bosambo sadly, "but it is a very bad
-tale--for me."
-
-And he told the story of the unwelcome brother.
-
-"Lord," he went on, "I have done all that a man can do, for I have given
-him food that was not quite good; and one night my young men played a
-game, pretending, in their love of me, that they were certain fierce men
-of the Isisi, though your lordship knows that they are not fierce,
-but----"
-
-"Get on! Get on!" snarled Sanders, for the day had been hot, and the
-tax-payers more than a little trying.
-
-"Now I come to you, my master and lord," said Bosambo, "knowing that you
-are very wise and cunning, and also that you have the powers of gods.
-Send my brother away from me, for I love him so much that I fear I will
-do him an injury."
-
-Sanders was a man who counted nothing too small for his
-consideration--always excepting the quarrels of women. For he had seen
-the beginnings of wars in pin-point differences, and had watched an
-expedition of eight thousand men march into the bush to settle a palaver
-concerning a cooking-pot.
-
-He thought deeply for a while, then:
-
-"Two moons ago," he said, "there came to me a hunting man of the
-Akasava, who told me that in the forest of the Ochori, on the very
-border of the Isisi, was a place where five trees grew in the form of a
-crescent----"
-
-"Praise be to God and to His prophet Mohammed," said the pious Bosambo,
-and crossed himself with some inconsequence.
-
-"In the form of a crescent," Sanders went on, "and beneath the centre
-tree, so said this young man of the Akasava, is a great store of dead
-ivory" (_i.e._, old ivory which has been buried or stored).
-
-He stopped and Bosambo looked at him.
-
-"Such stories are often told," he said.
-
-"Let it be told again," said Sanders significantly.
-
-Intelligence dawned on Bosambo's eyes.
-
-Two days later he was again in his own city, and at night he called his
-brother to a secret palaver.
-
-"Brother," he said, "for many days have I thought about you and how I
-might serve you best. As you know, I am a poor man."
-
-"'A king is a poor man and a beggar is poorer,'" quoted Siskolo,
-insolently incredulous.
-
-Bosambo drew a long breath.
-
-"Now I will tell you something," he said, lowering his voice. "Against
-my old age and the treachery of a disloyal people I have stored great
-stores of ivory. I have taken this ivory from my people. I have won it
-in bloody battles. I have hunted many elephants. Siskolo, my brother,"
-he went on, speaking under stress of emotion, "all this I give you
-because I love you and my beautiful relations. Go now in peace, but do
-not return, for when my people learn that you are seeking the treasures
-of the nation they will not forgive you and, though I am their chief, I
-cannot hold them."
-
-All through the night they sat, Bosambo mournful but informative,
-Siskolo a-quiver with excitement.
-
-At dawn the brother left by water for the border-line of the Isisi,
-where five trees grew in the form of a crescent.
-
- * * * * *
-
-"Lord," said Bosambo, a bitter and an injured man, "I have been a
-Christian, a worshipper of devils, a fetish man, and now I am of the
-true faith--though as to whether it is true I have reason to doubt." He
-stood before Sanders at headquarters.
-
-Away down by the little quay on the river his sweating paddlers were
-lying exhausted, for Bosambo had come by the river day and night.
-
-Sanders did not speak. There was a twinkle in his eye, and a smile
-hovered at the corners of his mouth.
-
-"And it seems to me," said Bosambo tragically, "that none of the gods
-loves me."
-
-"That is your palaver," said Sanders, "and remember your brother loves
-you more than ever."
-
-"Master," said Bosambo, throwing out his arms in despair, "did I know
-that beneath the middle tree of five was buried ten tusks of ivory?
-Lord, am I mad that I should give this dog such blessed treasure? I
-thought----"
-
-"I also thought it was an old man's story," said Sanders gently.
-
-"Lord, may I look?"
-
-Sanders nodded, and Bosambo walked to the end of the verandah and looked
-across the sea.
-
-There was a smudge of smoke on the horizon. It was the smoke of the
-departing mail-boat which carried Siskolo and his wonderful ivory back
-to Monrovia.
-
-Bosambo raised a solemn fist and cursed the disappearing vessel.
-
-"O brother!" he wailed. "O devil! O snake! Nigger! Nigger! Dam'
-nigger!"
-
-Bosambo wept.
-
-
-
-
- *CHAPTER VIII*
-
- *THE CHAIR OF THE N'GOMBI*
-
-
-The N'gombi people prized a certain chair beyond all other treasures.
-
-For it was made of ivory and native silver, in which the N'gombi are
-clever workers.
-
-Upon this chair sat kings, great warriors, and chiefs of people; also
-favoured guests of the land.
-
-Bosambo of the Ochori went to a friendly palaver with the king of the
-N'gombi, and sat upon the chair and admired it.
-
-After he had gone away, four men came to the village by night and
-carried off the treasure, and though the King of N'gombi and his
-councillors searched the land from one end to the other the chair was
-never found.
-
-It might never have been found but for a Mr. Wooling, a trader and man
-of parts.
-
-He was known from one end of the coast to the other as a wonderful
-seller of things, and was by all accounts rich.
-
-One day he decided to conquer new worlds and came into Sanders's
-territory with complete faith in his mission, a cargo of junk, and an
-intense curiosity.
-
-Hitherto, his trading had been confined to the most civilized stretches
-of the country--to places where the educated aboriginal studied the
-rates of exchange and sold their crops forward.
-
-He had long desired to tread a country where heathenism reigned and
-where white men were regarded as gods and were allowed to swindle on
-magnificent scale.
-
-Wooling had many shocks, not the least of which was the discovery that
-gin, even when it was German gin in square bottles, gaudily labelled and
-enclosed in straw packets, was not regarded as a marketable commodity by
-Sanders.
-
-"You can take anything you like," said Sanders, waving his fly-whisk
-lazily, "but the bar is up against alcohol and firearms, both of which,
-in the hands of an enthusiastic and experimental people, are peculiarly
-deadly."
-
-"But, Mr. Sanders!" protested the woolgatherer, with the confident
-little smile which represented seventy-five per cent. of his
-stock-in-trade. "I am not one of these new chums straight out from
-home! Damn it! I know the people, I speak all their lingo, from Coast
-talk to Swaheli."
-
-"You don't speak gin to them, anyway," said Sanders; "and the palaver
-may be regarded as finished."
-
-And all the persuasive eloquence of Mr. Wooling did not shift the
-adamantine Commissioner; and the trader left with a polite reference to
-the weather, and an unspoken condemnation of an officious swine of a
-British jack-in-office which Sanders would have given money to have
-heard.
-
-Wooling went up-country and traded to the best of his ability without
-the alluring stock, which had been the long suit in his campaign, and if
-the truth be told--and there is no pressing reason why it should not--he
-did very well till he tied up one morning at Ochori city and interviewed
-a chief whose name was Bosambo.
-
-Wooling landed at midday, and in an hour he had arrayed his beautiful
-stores on the beach.
-
-They included Manchester cotton goods from Belgium, genuine Indian junk
-from Birmingham, salt which contained a sensible proportion of good
-river sand, and similar attractive bargains.
-
-His visit to the chief was something of an event. He found Bosambo
-sitting before his tent in a robe of leopard skins.
-
-"Chief," he said in the flowery manner of his kind, "I have come many
-weary days through the forest and against the current of the river, that
-I may see the greatness of all kings, and I bring you a present from the
-King of England, who is my personal friend and is distantly related to
-me."
-
-And with some ceremony he handed to his host a small ikon representing a
-yellow St. Sebastian perforated with purple arrows--such as may be
-purchased from any manufacturer on the Baltic for three cents wholesale.
-
-Bosambo received the gift gravely.
-
-"Lord," he said, "I will put this with other presents which the King has
-sent me, some of which are of great value, such as a fine bedstead of
-gold, a clock of silver, and a crown so full of diamonds that no man has
-ever counted them."
-
-He said this easily; and the staggered Mr. Wooling caught his breath.
-
-"As to this beautiful present," said Bosambo, handling the ikon
-carelessly, and apparently repenting of his decision to add it to his
-collection, "behold, to show how much I love you--as I love all white
-lords--I give it to you, but since it is a bad palaver that a present
-should be returned, you shall give me ten silver dollars: in this way
-none of us shall meet with misfortune."
-
-"Chief," said Mr. Wooling, recovering himself with a great effort, "that
-is a very beautiful present, and the King will be angry when he hears
-that you have returned it, for there is a saying, 'Give nothing which
-has been given,' and that is the picture of a very holy man."
-
-Bosambo looked at the ikon.
-
-"It is a very holy man," he agreed, "for I see that it is a picture of
-the blessed Judas--therefore you shall have this by my head and by my
-soul."
-
-In the end Mr. Wooling compromised reluctantly on a five-dollar basis,
-throwing in the ikon as a sort of ecclesiastical makeweight.
-
-More than this, Bosambo bought exactly ten dollars' worth of
-merchandise, including a length of chiffon, and paid for them with
-money. Mr. Wooling went away comforted.
-
-It was many days before he discovered amongst his cash ten separate and
-distinct dollar pieces that were unmistakably bad and of the type which
-unscrupulous Coast houses sell at a dollar a dozen to the traders who
-deal with the unsophisticated heathen.
-
-Wooling got back to the Coast with a profit which was fairly elusive
-unless it was possible to include experience on the credit side of the
-ledger. Six months later, he made another trip into the interior,
-carrying a special line of talking-machines, which were chiefly
-remarkable for the fact that the sample machine which he exhibited was a
-more effective instrument than the one he sold. Here again he found
-himself in Ochori city. He had, in his big trading canoe, one phonograph
-and twenty-four things that looked like phonographs, and were in point
-of fact phonographs with this difference, that they had no workable
-interiors, and phonographs without mechanism are a drug upon the African
-market.
-
-Nevertheless, Bosambo purchased one at the ridiculously low price
-offered, and the chief viewed with a pained and reproachful mien the
-exhaustive tests which Mr. Wooling applied to the purchase money.
-
-"Lord," said Bosambo, gently, "this money is good money, for it was sent
-to me by my half-brother Sandi."
-
-"Blow your half-brother Sandi," said Wooling, in energetic English, and
-to his amazement the chief replied in the same language:
-
-"You make um swear--you lib for hell one time--you say damn words you
-not fit for make angel."
-
-Wooling, arriving at the next city--which was N'gombi--was certainly no
-angel, for he had discovered that in some mysterious fashion he had sold
-Bosambo the genuine phonograph, and had none wherewith to beguile his
-new client.
-
-He made a forced journey back to Ochori city and discovered Bosambo
-entertaining a large audience with a throaty presentment of the "Holy
-City."
-
-As the enraged trader stamped his way through the long, straggling
-street, there floated to him on the evening breeze the voice of the
-far-away tenor:
-
- Jer-u-salem! Jer-u-salem!
- Sing for the night is o'er!
-
-
-"Chief!" said Mr. Wooling hotly, "this is a bad palaver, for you have
-taken my best devil box, which I did not sell you."
-
- Last night I lay a sleeping,
- There came a dream so fair.
-
-sang the phonograph soulfully.
-
-"Lord," said Bosambo, "this devil box I bought--paying you with dollars
-which your lordship ate fearing they were evil dollars."
-
-"By your head, you thief!" swore Wooling. "I sold you this." And he
-produced from under his arm the excellent substitute.
-
-"Lord," said Bosambo, humbly enough, "I am sorry."
-
-He switched off the phonograph. He dismounted the tin horn with
-reluctant fingers; with his own hands he wrapped it in a piece of the
-native matting and handed it to the trader, and Wooling, who had
-expected trouble, "dashed" his courteous host a whole dollar.
-
-"Thus I reward those who are honest," he said magnificently.
-
-"Master," said Bosambo, "that we may remember one another kindly, you
-shall keep one half of this and I the other."
-
-And with no effort he broke the coin in half, for it was made of metal
-considerably inferior to silver.
-
-Wooling was a man not easily abashed, yet it is on record that in his
-agitation he handed over a genuine dollar and was half way back to
-Akasava city before he realised his folly. Then he laughed to himself,
-for the phonograph was worth all the trouble, and the money.
-
-That night he assembled the Akasava to hear the "Holy City"--only to
-discover that he had again brought away from Ochori city the
-unsatisfactory instrument he had taken.
-
-In the city of the Ochori all the night a wheezy voice acclaimed
-Jerusalem to the admiration and awe of the Ochori people.
-
-"It is partly your own fault," said Sanders, when the trader complained.
-"Bosambo was educated in a civilised community, and naturally has a way
-with his fingers which less gifted people do not possess."
-
-"Mr. Sanders," said the woolgatherer earnestly, "I've traded this coast,
-man and boy, for sixteen years, and there never was and there never will
-be," he spoke with painful emphasis, "an eternally condemned native
-nigger in this inevitably-doomed-by-Providence world who can get the
-better of Bill Wooling."
-
-All this he said, employing in his pardonable exasperation, certain
-lurid similes which need not be reproduced.
-
-"I don't like your language," said Sanders, "but I admire your
-determination."
-
-Such was the determination of Mr. Wooling, in fact, that a month later
-he returned with a third cargo, this time a particularly fascinating
-one, for it consisted in the main of golden chains of surprising
-thickness which were studded at intervals with very rare and precious
-pieces of coloured glass.
-
-"And this time," he said to the unmoved Commissioner, who for want of
-something better to do, had come down to the landing-stage to see the
-trader depart, "this time this Bosambo is going to get it abaft the
-collar."
-
-"Keep away from the N'gombi people," said Sanders, "they are
-fidgety--that territory is barred to you."
-
-Mr. Wooling made a resentful noise, for he had laid down an itinerary
-through the N'gombi country, which is very rich in gum and rubber.
-
-He made a pleasant way through the territories, for he was a glib man
-and had a ready explanation for those who complained bitterly about the
-failing properties of their previous purchases.
-
-He went straight to the Ochori district. There lay the challenge to his
-astuteness and especial gifts. He so far forgot the decencies of his
-calling as to come straight to the point.
-
-"Bosambo," he said, "I have brought you very rare and wonderful things.
-Now I swear to you by," he produced a bunch of variegated deities and
-holy things with characteristic glibness, "that these chains," he spread
-one of particular beauty for the other's admiration, "are more to me
-than my very life. Yet for one tusk of ivory this chain shall be
-yours."
-
-"Lord," said Bosambo, handling the jewel reverently, "what virtue has
-this chain?"
-
-"It is a great killer of enemies," said Wooling enthusiastically; "it
-protects from danger and gives courage to the wearer; it is worth two
-teeth, but because I love you and because Sandi loves you I will give
-you this for one."
-
-Bosambo pondered.
-
-"I cannot give you teeth," he said, "yet I will give you a stool of
-ivory which is very wonderful."
-
-And he produced the marvel from a secret place in his hut.
-
-It was indeed a lovely thing and worth many chains.
-
-"This," said Bosambo, with much friendliness, "you will sell to the
-N'gombi, who are lovers of such things, and they will pay you well."
-
-Wooling came to the N'gombi territory with the happy sense of having
-purchased fifty pounds for fourpence, and entered it, for he regarded
-official warnings as the expression of a poor form of humour.
-
-He found the N'gombi (as he expected) in a mild and benevolent mood.
-They purchased by public subscription one of his beautiful chains to
-adorn the neck of their chief, and they feted him, and brought dancing
-women from the villages about, to do him honour.
-
-They expressed their love and admiration for Sandi volubly, until,
-discovering that their enthusiasm awoke no responsive thrill in the
-heart or the voice of their hearer, they tactfully volunteered the
-opinion that Sandi was a cruel and oppressive master.
-
-Whereupon Wooling cursed them fluently, calling them eaters of fish and
-friends of dogs; for it is against the severe and inborn creed of the
-Coast to allow a nigger to speak disrespectfully of a white man--even
-though he is a Government officer.
-
-"Now listen all people," said Wooling; "I have a great and beautiful
-object to sell you----"
-
- * * * * *
-
-Over the tree-tops there rolled a thick yellow cloud which twisted and
-twirled into fantastic shapes.
-
-Sanders walked to the bow of the _Zaire_ to examine the steel hawser.
-His light-hearted crew had a trick of "tying-up" to the first dead and
-rotten stump which presented itself to their eyes.
-
-For once they had found a firm anchorage. The hawser was clamped about
-the trunk of a strong young copal which grew near the water's edge. An
-inspection of the stern hawser was as satisfactory.
-
-"Let her rip," said Sanders, and the elements answered _instanter_.
-
-A jagged blue streak of flame leapt from the yellow skies, a deafening
-crack-crash of thunder broke overhead, and suddenly a great wind smote
-the little steamer at her shelter, and set the tops of the trees bowing
-with grave unanimity.
-
-Sanders reached his cabin, slid back the door, and pulled it back to its
-place after him.
-
-In the stuffy calm of his cabin he surveyed the storm through his
-window, for his cabin was on the top deck and he could command as
-extensive a view of the scene as it was possible to see from the little
-bay.
-
-He saw the placid waters of the big river lashed to waves; saw tree
-after tree sway and snap as M'shimba M'shamba stalked terribly through
-the forest; heard the high piercing howl of the tempest punctuated by
-the ripping crack of the thunder, and was glad in the manner of the
-Philistine that he was not where other men were.
-
-Night came with alarming swiftness.
-
-Half an hour before, at the first sign of the cyclone, he had steered
-for the first likely mooring. In the last rays of a blood-red sun he
-had brought his boat to land.
-
-Now it was pitch dark--almost as he stood watching the mad passion of
-the storm it faded first into grey, then into inky blue--then night
-obliterated the view.
-
-He groped for the switch and turned it, and the cabin was filled with
-soft light. There was a small telephone connecting the cabin with the
-Houssa guard, and he pressed the button and called the attention of
-Sergeant Abiboo to his need.
-
-"Get men to watch the hawsers," he instructed, and a guttural response
-answered him.
-
-Sanders was on the upper reaches of the Tesai, in terra incognita. The
-tribes around were frankly hostile, but they would not venture about on
-a night like this.
-
-Outside, the thunder cracked and rolled and the lightning flashed
-incessantly.
-
-Sanders found a cheroot in a drawer and lighted it, and soon the cabin
-was blue with smoke, for it had been necessary to close the ventilator.
-Dinner was impossible under the conditions. The galley fire would be
-out. The rain which was now beating fiercely on the cabin windows would
-have long since extinguished the range.
-
-Sanders walked to the window and peered out. He switched off the light,
-the better to observe the condition outside. The wind still howled, the
-lightning flickered over the tree-tops, and above the sound of wind and
-rushing water came the sulky grumble of thunder.
-
-But the clouds had broken, and fitful beams of moonlight showed on the
-white-crested waves. Suddenly Sanders stepped to the door and slid it
-open.
-
-He sprang out upon the deck.
-
-The waning forces of the hurricane caught him and flung him back against
-the cabin, but he grasped a convenient rail and pulled himself to the
-side of the boat.
-
-Out in mid-stream he had seen a canoe and had caught a glimpse of a
-white face.
-
-"Noka! Abiboo!" he roared. But the wind drowned his voice. His hand
-went to his hip--a revolver cracked, men came along the deck, hand over
-hand, grasping the rails.
-
-In dumb show he indicated the boat.
-
-A line was flung, and out of the swift control current of the stream
-they drew all that was left of Mr. Wooling.
-
-He gained enough breath to whisper a word--it was a word that set the
-_Zaire_ humming with life. There was steam in the boiler--Sanders would
-not draw fires in a storm which might snap the moorings and leave the
-boat at the mercy of the elements.
-
-"... they chased me down river ... I shot a few ... but they came on ...
-then the storm struck us ... they're not far away."
-
-Wrapped in a big overcoat and shivering in spite of the closeness of the
-night, he sat by Sanders, as he steered away into the seething waters of
-the river.
-
-"What's the trouble?"
-
-The wind blew his words to shreds, but the huddled figure crouching at
-his side heard him and answered.
-
-"What's that?" asked Sanders, bending his head.
-
-Wooling shouted again.
-
-Sanders shook his head.
-
-The two words he caught were "chair" and "Bosambo."
-
-They explained nothing to Sanders at the moment.
-
-
-
-
- *CHAPTER IX*
-
- *THE KI-CHU*
-
-
-The messenger from Sakola, the chief of the little folk who live in the
-bush, stood up. He was an ugly little man, four feet in height and
-burly, and he wore little save a small kilt of grass.
-
-Sanders eyed him thoughtfully, for the Commissioner knew the bush people
-very well.
-
-"You will tell your master that I, who govern this land for the King,
-have sent him lord's pleasure in such shape as rice and salt and cloth,
-and that he has sworn by death to keep the peace of the forest. Now I
-will give him no further present----"
-
-"Lord," interrupted the little bushman outrageously, "he asks of your
-lordship only this cloth to make him a fine robe, also ten thousand
-beads for his wives, and he will be your man for ever."
-
-Sanders showed his teeth in a smile in which could be discovered no
-amusement.
-
-"He shall be my man," he said significantly
-
-The little bushman shuffled his uneasy feet.
-
-"Lord, it will be death to me to carry your proud message to our city,
-for we ourselves are very proud people, and Sakola is a man of greater
-pride than any."
-
-"The palaver is finished," said Sanders, and the little man descended
-the wooden steps to the sandy garden path.
-
-He turned, shading his eyes from the strong sun in the way that bushmen
-have, for these folk live in the solemn half-lights of the woods and do
-not love the brazen glow of the heavens.
-
-"Lord," he said timidly, "Sakola is a terrible man, and I fear that he
-will carry his spears to a killing."
-
-Sanders sighed wearily and thrust his hands into the deep pockets of his
-white jacket.
-
-"Also I will carry my spears to a killing," he said. "O ko! Am I a man
-of the Ochori that I should fear the chattering of a bushman?"
-
-Still the man hesitated.
-
-He stood balancing a light spear on the palm of his hand, as a man
-occupied with his thoughts will play with that which is in reach. First
-he set it twirling, then he spun it deftly with his finger and thumb.
-
-"I am the servant of Sakola," he said simply.
-
-Like a flash of light his thin brown arm swung out, the spear held
-stiffly.
-
-Sanders fired three times with his automatic Colt, and the messenger of
-the proud chief Sakola went down sideways like a drunken man.
-
-Sergeant Abiboo, revolver in hand, leapt through a window of the
-bungalow to find his master moving a smouldering uniform jacket--you
-cannot fire through your pocket with impunity--and eyeing the huddled
-form of the fallen bushman with a thoughtful frown.
-
-"Carry him to the hospital," said Sanders. "I do not think he is dead."
-
-He picked up the spear and examined the point.
-
-There was lock-jaw in the slightest scratch of it, for these men are
-skilled in the use of tetanus.
-
-The compound was aroused. Men had come racing over from the Houssa
-lines, and a rough stretcher was formed to carry away the debris.
-
-Thus occupied with his affairs Sanders had no time to observe the
-arrival of the mail-boat, and the landing of Mr. Hold.
-
-The big American filled the only comfortable seat in the surf-boat, but
-called upon his familiar gods to witness the perilous character of his
-sitting.
-
-He was dressed in white, white irregularly splashed with dull grey
-patches of sea-water, for the Kroomen who manipulated the sweeps had not
-the finesse, nor the feather stroke, of a Harvard eight, and they worked
-independently.
-
-He was tall and broad and thick--the other way. His face was
-clean-shaven, and he wore a cigar two points south-west.
-
-Yet, withal, he was a genial man, or the lines about his face lied
-cruelly.
-
-Nearing the long yellow beach where the waters were engaged
-everlastingly in a futile attempt to create a permanent sea-wall, his
-references to home ceased, and he confined himself to apprehensive
-"huh's!"
-
-"Huh!" he grunted, as the boat was kicked into the air on the heels of a
-playful roller. "Huh!" he said, as the big surfer dropped from the
-ninth floor to a watery basement. "Huh--oh!" he exclaimed--but there
-was no accident; the boat was gripped by wading landsmen and slid to
-safety.
-
-Big Ben Hold rolled ashore and stood on the firm beach looking
-resentfully across the two miles of water which separated him from the
-ship.
-
-"Orter build a dock," he grumbled.
-
-He watched, with a jealous eye, the unloading of his kit, checking the
-packing cases with a piece of green chalk he dug up from his waistcoat
-pocket and found at least one package missing. The only important one,
-too. Is this it? No! Is that it? No! Is that--ah, yes, that was it.
-
-He was sitting on it.
-
-"Suh," said a polite Krooman, "you lib for dem k'miss'ner?"
-
-"Hey?"
-
-"Dem Sandi--you find um?"
-
-"Say," said Mr. Hold, "I don't quite get you--I want the
-Commissioner--the Englishman--savee."
-
-Later, he crossed the neat and spotless compound of the big, cool
-bungalow, where, on the shaded verandah, Mr. Commissioner Sanders
-watched the progress of the newcomer without enthusiasm.
-
-For Sanders had a horror of white strangers; they upset things; had
-fads; desired escorts for passing through territories where the natural
-desire for war and an unnatural fear of Government reprisal were always
-delicately balanced.
-
-"Glad to see you. Boy, push that chair along; sit down, won't you?"
-
-Mr. Hold seated himself gingerly.
-
-"When a man turns the scale at two hundred and thirty-eight pounds,"
-grumbled Big Ben pleasantly, "he sits mit circumspection, as a Dutch
-friend of mine says." He breathed a long, deep sigh of relief as he
-settled himself in the chair and discovered that it accepted the strain
-without so much as a creak.
-
-Sanders waited with an amused glint in his eyes.
-
-"You'd like a drink?"
-
-Mr. Hold held up a solemn hand. "Tempt me not," he adjured. "I'm on a
-diet--I don't look like a food crank, do I?"
-
-He searched the inside pocket of his coat with some labour. Sanders had
-an insane desire to assist him. It seemed that the tailor had taken a
-grossly unfair advantage of Mr. Hold in building the pocket so far
-outside the radius of his short arm.
-
-"Here it is!"
-
-Big Ben handed a letter to the Commissioner, and Sanders opened it. He
-read the letter very carefully, then handed it back to its owner. And
-as he did so he smiled with a rare smile, for Sanders was not easily
-amused.
-
-"You expect to find the ki-chu here?" he asked.
-
-Mr. Hold nodded.
-
-"I have never seen it," said Sanders; "I have heard of it; I have read
-about it, and I have listened to people who have passed through my
-territories and who have told me that they have seen it with, I am
-afraid, disrespect."
-
-Big Ben leant forward, and laid his large and earnest hand on the
-other's knee.
-
-"Say, Mr. Sanders," he said, "you've probably heard of me--I'm Big Ben
-Hold--everybody knows me, from the Pacific to the Atlantic. I am the
-biggest thing in circuses and wild beast expositions the world has ever
-seen. Mr. Sanders, I have made money, and I am out of the show business
-for a million years, but I want to see that monkey ki-chu----"
-
-"But----"
-
-"Hold hard." Big Ben's hand arrested the other. "Mr. Sanders, I have
-made money out of the ki-chu. Barnum made it out of the mermaid, but my
-fake has been the tailless ki-chu, the monkey that is so like a man that
-no alderman dare go near the cage for fear people think the ki-chu has
-escaped. I've run the ki-chu from Seattle to Portland, from Buffalo to
-Arizona City. I've had a company of militia to regulate the crowds to
-see the ki-chu. I have had a whole police squad to protect me from the
-in-fu-ri-ated populace when the ki-chu hasn't been up to sample. I have
-had ki-chus of every make and build. There are old ki-chus of mine that
-are now raising families an' mortgages in the Middlewest; there are
-ki-chus who are running East-side saloons with profit to themselves and
-their dude sons, there----"
-
-"Yes, yes!" Sanders smiled again. "But why?"
-
-"Let me tell you, sir," again Big Ben held up his beringed hand, "I am
-out of the business--good! But, Mr. Sanders, sir, I have a conscience."
-He laid his big hand over his heart and lowered his voice. "Lately I
-have been worrying over this old ki-chu. I have built myself a
-magnificent dwelling in Boston; I have surrounded myself with the
-evidences and services of luxury; but there is a still small voice which
-penetrates the sound-proof walls of my bedroom, that intrudes upon the
-silences of my Turkish bath--and the voice says, 'Big Ben Hold--there
-aren't any ki-chu; you're a fake; you're a swindler; you're a green
-goods man; you're rollin' in riches secured by fraud.' Mr. Sanders, I
-must see a ki-chu; I must have a real ki-chu if I spend the whole of my
-fortune in getting it"; he dropped his voice again, "if I lose my life
-in the attempt."
-
-He stared with gloom, but earnestness, at Sanders, and the Commissioner
-looked at him thoughtfully. And from Mr. Hold his eyes wandered to the
-gravelled path outside, and the big American, following his eyes, saw a
-discoloured patch.
-
-"Somebody been spillin' paint?" he suggested. "I had----"
-
-Sanders shook his head.
-
-"That's blood," he said simply, and Mr. Hold jerked.
-
-"I've just shot a native," said Sanders, in a conversational tone. "He
-was rather keen on spearing me, and I was rather keen on not being
-speared. So I shot him."
-
-"Dead?"
-
-"Not very!" replied the Commissioner. "As a matter of fact I think I
-just missed putting him out--there's an Eurasian doctor looking him over
-just now, and if you're interested, I'll let you know how he gets
-along."
-
-The showman drew a long breath.
-
-"This is a nice country," he said.
-
-Sanders nodded. He called his servants and gave directions for the
-visitor's comfortable housing.
-
-A week later, Mr. Hold embarked for the upper river with considerable
-misgiving, for the canoe which Sanders had placed at his disposal
-seemed, to say the least, inadequate.
-
-It was at this time that the Ochori were in some disfavour with the
-neighbouring tribes, and a small epidemic of rebellion and warfare had
-sustained the interest of the Commissioner in his wayward peoples.
-
-First, the N'gombi people fought the Ochori, then the Isisi folk went to
-war with the Akasava over a question of women, and the Ochori went to
-war with the Isisi, and between whiles, the little bush folk warred
-indiscriminately with everybody, relying on the fact that they lived in
-the forest and used poisoned arrows.
-
-They were a shy, yet haughty people, and they poisoned their arrows with
-tetanus, so that all who were wounded by them died of lock-jaw after
-many miserable hours.
-
-They were engaged in harrying the Ochori people, when Mr. Commissioner
-Sanders, who was not unnaturally annoyed, came upon the scene with fifty
-Houssas and a Maxim gun, and although the little people were quick, they
-did not travel as fast as a well-sprayed congregation of .303 bullets,
-and they sustained a few losses.
-
-Then Timbani, the little chief of the Lesser Isisi, spoke to his people
-assembled:
-
-"Let us fight the Ochori, for they are insolent, and their chief is a
-foreigner and of no consequence."
-
-And the fighting men of the tribe raised their hands and cried, "Wa!"
-
-Timbani led a thousand spears into the Ochori country, and wished he had
-chosen another method of spending a sultry morning, for whilst he was
-burning the village of Kisi, Sanders came with vicious unexpectedness
-upon his flank, from the bush country.
-
-Two companies of Houssas shot with considerable accuracy at two hundred
-yards, and when the spears were stacked and the prisoners squatted,
-resigned but curious, in a circle of armed guards, Timbani realised that
-it was a black day in his history.
-
-"I only saw this, lord," he said, "that Bosambo has made me a sorrowful
-man, for if it were not for his prosperity, I should never have led my
-men against him, and I should not be here before your lordship,
-wondering which of my wives would mourn me most."
-
-"As to that, Timbani," said Sanders, "I have no means of knowing.
-Later, when you work in the Village of Irons, men will come and tell
-you."
-
-Timbani drew a deep breath. "Then my lord does not hang me?" he asked.
-
-"I do not hang you because you are a fool," said Sanders. "I hang
-wicked men, but fools I send to hard labour."
-
-The chief pondered. "It is in my mind, Lord Sandi," he said, "that I
-would as soon hang for villainy as live for folly."
-
-"Hang him!" said Sanders, who was in an obliging mood.
-
-But when the rope was deftly thrown across the limb of a tree, Timbani
-altered his point of view, electing to drag out an ignominious
-existence. Wherein he was wise, for whilst there is life there is scope,
-if you will pardon the perversion.
-
-To the Village of Irons went Timbani, titular chief of the Lesser Isisi,
-and found agreeable company there, and, moreover, many predecessors, for
-the Isisi folk are notoriously improvident in the matter of chiefs.
-
-They formed a little community of their own, they and their wives, and
-at evening time they would sit round a smouldering log of gum wood,
-their red blankets about their shoulders, and tell stories of their
-former grandeur, and as they moved the loose shackles about their feet
-would jingle musically.
-
-On a night when the Houssa sentries, walking along raised platforms,
-which commanded all views of the prisoners' compound, were unusually
-lax, Timbani effected his escape, and made the best of his way across
-country to the bush lands. The journey occupied two months in time, but
-native folk are patient workers, and there came a spring morning, when
-Timbani, lean and muscular, stood in the presence of Sakola, the bush
-king.
-
-"Lord," said he, though he despised all bushmen, "I have journeyed many
-days to see you, knowing that you are the greatest of all kings."
-
-Sakola sat on a stool carved crudely to represent snakes. He was under
-four feet in height, and was ill-favoured by bush standards--and the
-bush standard is very charitable. His big head, his little eyes, the
-tuft of wiry whisker under his chin, the high cheek bones, all
-contributed to the unhappy total of ugliness.
-
-He was fat in an obvious way, and had a trick of scratching the calf of
-his leg as he spoke.
-
-He blinked up at the intruder--for intruder he was, and the guard at
-each elbow was eloquent of the fact.
-
-"Why do you come here?" croaked Sakola.
-
-He said it in two short words, which literally mean, "Here--why?"
-
-"Master of the forest," explained Timbani glibly, "I come because I
-desire your happiness. The Ochori are very rich, for Sandi loves them.
-If you go to them Sandi will be sorry."
-
-The bushman sniffed. "I went to them and I was sorry," he said,
-significantly.
-
-"I have a ju-ju," said the eager Timbani, alarmed at the lack of
-enthusiasm. "He will help you; and will give you signs."
-
-Sakola eyed him with a cold and calculating eye. In the silence of the
-forest they stared at one another, the escaped prisoner with his breast
-filled with hatred of his overlord, and the squat figure on the stool.
-
-Then Sakola spoke.
-
-"I believe in devils," he said, "and I will try your ju-ju. For I will
-cut you a little and tie you to the top of my tree of sacrifice. And if
-you are alive when the sun sets, behold I will think that is a good
-sign, and go once again into the Ochori land. But if you are dead, that
-shall be a bad sign, and I will not fight."
-
-When the sun set behind the golden green of the tree tops, the stolid
-crowd of bushmen who stood with their necks craning and their faces
-upturned, saw the poor wreck of a man twist slowly.
-
-"That is a good sign," said Sakola, and sent messengers through the
-forest to assemble his fighting men.
-
-Twice he flung a cloud of warriors into the Ochori territory. Twice the
-chiefs of the Ochori hurled back the invader, slaying many and taking
-prisoners.
-
-About these prisoners. Sanders, who knew something of the gentle
-Ochori, had sent definite instructions.
-
-When news of the third raid came, Bosambo gave certain orders.
-
-"You march with food for five days," he said to the heads of his army,
-"and behold you shall feed all the prisoners you take from the grain you
-carry, giving two hands to each prisoner and one to yourself."
-
-"But, lord," protested the chief, "this is madness, for if we take many
-prisoners we shall starve."
-
-Bosambo waved him away. "M'bilini," he said, with dignity, "once I was
-a Christian--just as my brother Sandi, was once a Christian--and we
-Christians are kind to prisoners."
-
-"But, lord Bosambo," persisted the other, "if we kill our prisoners and
-do not bring them back it will be better for us."
-
-"These things are with the gods," said the pious Bosambo vaguely.
-
-So M'bilini went out against the bushmen and defeated them. He brought
-back an army well fed, but without prisoners.
-
-Thus matters stood when Big Ben Hold came leisurely up the river, his
-canoe paddled close in shore, for here the stream does not run so
-swiftly.
-
-It had been a long journey, and the big man in the soiled white ducks
-showed relief as he stepped ashore on the Ochori beach and stretched his
-legs.
-
-He had no need to inquire which of the party approaching him was
-Bosambo. For the chief wore his red plush robe, his opera hat, his
-glass bracelets, and all the other appurtenances of his office.
-
-Big Ben had come up the river in his own good time and was now used to
-the way of the little chiefs.
-
-His interpreter began a conversational oration, but Bosambo cut him
-short.
-
-"Nigger," he said, in English, "you no speak 'um--I speak 'um fine
-English. I know Luki, Marki, John, Judas--all fine fellers. You, sah,"
-he addressed the impressed Mr. Hold, "you lib for me? Sixpence--four
-dollar, good-night, I love you, mister!"
-
-He delivered his stock breathlessly.
-
-"Fine!" said Mr. Hold, awestricken and dazed.
-
-He felt at home in the procession which marched in stately manner
-towards the chief's hut; it was as near a circus parade as made no
-difference.
-
-Over a dinner of fish he outlined the object of his search and the
-reason for his presence.
-
-It was a laborious business, necessitating the employment of the
-despised and frightened interpreter until the words "ki-chu" were
-mentioned, whereupon Bosambo brightened up.
-
-"Sah," interrupted Bosambo, "I savee al dem talk; I make 'um English one
-time good."
-
-"Fine," said Mr. Hold gratefully, "I get you, Steve."
-
-"You lookum ki-chu," continued Bosambo, "you no find 'um; I see 'um; I
-am God-man--Christian; I savee Johnny Baptist; Peter cut 'um head
-off--dam' bad man; I savee Hell an' all dem fine fellers."
-
-"Tell him----" began Big Ben.
-
-"I spik English same like white man!" said the indignant Bosambo. "You
-no lib for make dem feller talky talk--I savee dem ki-chu."
-
-Big Ben sighed helplessly. All along the river the legend of the ki-chu
-was common property. Everybody knew of the ki-chu--some had seen those
-who had seen it. He was not elated that Bosambo should be counted
-amongst the faithful.
-
-For the retired showman had by this time almost salved his conscience.
-It was enough, perhaps, that evidence of the ki-chu's being should be
-afforded--still he would dearly have loved to carry one of the alleged
-fabulous creatures back to America with him.
-
-He had visions of a tame ki-chu chained to a stake on his Boston lawn;
-of a ki-chu sitting behind gilded bars in a private menagerie annexe.
-
-"I suppose," said Mr. Hold, "you haven't seen a ki-chu--you savee--you
-no look 'um?"
-
-Bosambo was on the point of protesting that the ki-chu was a familiar
-object of the landscape when a thought occurred to him.
-
-"S'pose I find 'um ki-chu you dash[#] me plenty dollar?" he asked.
-
-
-[#] Give.
-
-
-"If you find me that ki-chu," said Mr. Hold slowly, and with immense
-gravity, "I will pay you a thousand dollars."
-
-Bosambo rose to his feet, frankly agitated.
-
-"Thousan' dollar?" he repeated.
-
-"A thousand dollars," said Big Ben with the comfortable air of one to
-whom a thousand dollars was a piece of bad luck.
-
-Bosambo put out his hand and steadied himself against the straw-plaited
-wall of his hut.
-
-"You make 'um hundred dollar ten time?" he asked, huskily, "you make 'um
-book?"
-
-"I make 'um book," said Ben, and in a moment of inspiration drew a
-note-book from his pocket and carefully wrote down the substance of his
-offer.
-
-He handed the note to the chief, and Bosambo stared at it
-uncomprehendingly.
-
-"And," said Big Ben, confidentially leaning across and tapping the knee
-of the standing chief with the golden head of his cane, "if you----"
-
-Bosambo raised his hand, and his big face was solemn.
-
-"Master," he said, relapsing into the vernacular in his excitement,
-"though this ki-chu lives in a village of devils, and ghosts walk about
-his hut, I will bring him."
-
-The next morning Bosambo disappeared, taking with him three hunters of
-skill, and to those who met him and said, "Ho! Bosambo; where do you
-walk?" he answered no word, but men who saw his face were shocked, for
-Bosambo had been a Christian and knew the value of money.
-
-Eight days he was absent, and Big Ben Hold found life very pleasant, for
-he was treated with all the ceremony which is usually the privilege of
-kings.
-
-On the evening of the eighth day Bosambo returned, and he brought with
-him the ki-chu.
-
-Looking at this wonder Big Ben Hold found his heart beating faster.
-
-"My God!" he said, and his profanity was almost excusable.
-
-For the ki-chu exceeded his wildest dreams. It was like a man, yet
-unlike. Its head was almost bald, the stick tied bit-wise between his
-teeth had been painted green and added to the sinister appearance of the
-brute. Its long arms reaching nearly to its knees were almost human,
-and the big splayed feet dancing a never-ceasing tattoo of rage were
-less than animal.
-
-"Lord," said Bosambo proudly, "I have found the ki-chu!"
-
-The chief's face bore signs of a fierce encounter. It was gashed and
-lacerated. His arms, too, bore signs of rough surgical dressing.
-
-"Three hunters I took with me," said Bosambo, "and one have I brought
-back, for I took the ki-chu as he sat on a tree, and he was very
-fierce."
-
-"My God!" said Big Ben again, and breathed heavily.
-
-They built a cage for the ki-chu, a cage of heavy wooden bars, and the
-rare animal was screened from the vulgar gaze by curtains of native
-cloth.
-
-It did not take kindly to its imprisonment.
-
-It howled and gibbered and flung itself against the bars, and Bosambo
-viewed its transports with interest.
-
-"Lord," he said, "this only I ask you: that you take this ki-chu shortly
-from here. Also, you shall not show it to Sandi lest he be jealous that
-we send away from our country so rare a thing."
-
-"But," protested Mr. Hold to the interpreter, "you tell the chief that
-Mr. Sanders just wants me to catch the ki-chu--say, Bosambo, you savee,
-Sandi wantee see dem ki-chu?"
-
-They were sitting before the chief's hut on the ninth day of the
-American's visit. The calm of evening lay on the city, and save for the
-unhappy noises of the captive no sound broke the Sabbath stillness of
-the closing day.
-
-Bosambo was sitting at his ease, a bundle of English banknotes suspended
-by a cord about his neck, and the peace of heaven in his heart.
-
-He had opened his mouth to explain the idiosyncrasies of the
-Commissioner when----
-
-"Whiff--snick!"
-
-Something flicked past Big Ben's nose--something that buried its head in
-the straw of the hut with a soft swish!
-
-He saw the quivering arrow, heard the shrill call of alarm and the
-dribbling roll of a skin-covered drum.
-
-Then a hand like steel grasped his arm and flung him headlong into the
-hut, for Sakola's headman had come in person to avenge certain
-indignities and the city of the Ochori was surrounded by twenty thousand
-bushmen.
-
-Night was falling and the position was desperate. Bosambo had no doubt
-as to that. A wounded bushman fell into his hands--a mad little man,
-who howled and spat and bit like a vicious little animal.
-
-"Burn him till he talks," said Bosambo--but at the very sight of fire
-the little man told all--and Bosambo knew that he spoke the truth.
-
-The _lokali_ on the high watch tower of the city beat its staccato call
-for help and some of the villagers about answered.
-
-Bosambo stood at the foot of the rough ladder leading to the tower,
-listening.
-
-From east and south and north came the replies--from the
-westward--nothing. The bushmen had swept into the country from the
-west, and the _lokalis_ were silent where the invader had passed.
-
-Big Ben Hold, an automatic pistol in his hand, took his part in the
-defence of the city. All through that night charge after charge broke
-before the defences, and at intervals the one firearm of the defending
-force spat noisily out into the darkness.
-
-With the dawn came an unshaven Sanders. He swept round the bend of the
-river, two Hotchkiss guns banging destructively, and the end of the bush
-war came when the rallied villagers of the Ochori fell on the left flank
-of the attackers and drove them towards the guns of the _Zaire_.
-
-Then it was that Bosambo threw the whole fighting force of the city upon
-the enemy.
-
-Sanders landed his Houssas to complete the disaster; he made his way
-straight to the city and drew a whistling breath of relief to find Big
-Ben Hold alive, for Big Ben was a white man, and moreover a citizen of
-another land. The big man held out an enormous hand of welcome.
-
-"Glad to see you," he said.
-
-Sanders smiled.
-
-"Found that ki-chu?" he asked derisively, and his eyes rose
-incredulously at the other's nod.
-
-"Here!" said Mr. Hold triumphantly, and he drew aside the curtains of
-the cage.
-
-It was empty.
-
-"Hell!" bellowed Big Ben Hold, and threw his helmet on the ground
-naughtily.
-
-"There it is!" He pointed across the open stretch of country which
-separated the city from the forest. A little form was running swiftly
-towards the woods. Suddenly it stopped, lifted something from the
-ground, and turned towards the group. As its hands came up, Sergeant
-Abiboo of the Houssas raised his rifle and fired; and the figure
-crumpled up.
-
-"My ki-chu!" wailed the showman, as he looked down at the silent figure.
-
-Sanders said nothing. He looked first at the dead Sakola, outrageously
-kidnapped in the very midst of his people, then he looked round for
-Bosambo, but Bosambo had disappeared.
-
-At that precise moment the latter was feverishly scraping a hole in the
-floor of his hut wherein to bank his ill-gotten reward.
-
-
-
-
- *CHAPTER X*
-
- *THE CHILD OF SACRIFICE*
-
-
-Out of the waste came a long, low wail of infinite weariness. It was
-like the cry of a little child in pain. The Government steamer was
-drifting at the moment. Her engine had stopped whilst the engineer
-repaired a float which had been smashed through coming in contact with a
-floating log.
-
-Assistant-Commissioner Sanders, a young man in those days, bent his
-head, listening. Again the wail arose; this time there was a sob at the
-end of it. It came from a little patch of tall, coarse elephant grass
-near the shore.
-
-Sanders turned to his orderly.
-
-"Take a canoe, O man," he said in Arabic, "and go with your rifle." He
-pointed. "There you will find a monkey that is wounded. Shoot him,
-that he may suffer no more, for it is written, 'Blessed is he that
-giveth sleep from pain.'"
-
-Obedient to his master's order, Abiboo leapt into a little canoe, which
-the _Zaire_ carried by her side, and went paddling into the grass.
-
-He disappeared, and they heard the rustle of elephant grass; but no shot
-came.
-
-They waited until the grass rattled again, and
-
-Abiboo reappeared with a baby boy in the crook of his arm, naked and
-tearful.
-
-This child was a first-born, and had been left on a sandy spit so that a
-crocodile might come and complete the sacrifice.
-
-This happened nearly twenty years ago, and the memory of the drastic
-punishment meted out to the father of that first-born is scarcely a
-memory.
-
-"We will call this child 'N'mika,'" Sanders had said, which means "the
-child of sacrifice."
-
-N'mika was brought up in the hut of a good man, and came to maturity.
-
- * * * * *
-
-When the monkeys suddenly changed their abiding-place from the little
-woods near by Bonganga, on the Isisi, to the forest which lies at the
-back of the Akasava, all the wise men said with one accord that bad
-fortune was coming to the people of Isisi.
-
-N'mika laughed at these warnings, for he was in Sanders's employ, and
-knew all things that happened in his district.
-
-Boy and man he served the Government faithfully; loyalty was his high
-fetish, and Sanders knew this.
-
-The Commissioner might have taken this man and made him a great chief;
-and had N'mika raised the finger of desire, Sanders would have placed
-him above all others of his people; but the man knew where he might
-serve best, and at nineteen he had scotched three wars, saved the life
-of Sanders twice, and had sent three petty chiefs of enterprising
-character to the gallows.
-
-Then love came to N'mika.
-
-He loved a woman of the Lesser Isisi--a fine, straight girl, and very
-beautiful by certain standards. He married her, and took her to his hut,
-making her his principal wife, and investing her with all the privileges
-and dignity of that office.
-
-Kira, as the woman was called, was, in many ways, a desirable woman, and
-N'mika loved her as only a man of intelligence could love her; and she
-had ornaments of brass and of beads exceeding in richness the
-possessions of any other woman in the village.
-
-Now, there are ways of treating a woman the world over, and they differ
-in very little degree whether they are black or white, cannibal or
-vegetarian, rich or poor.
-
-N'mika treated this woman too well. He looked in the forest for her
-wishes, as the saying goes, and so insistent was this good husband on
-serving his wife, that she was hard put to it to invent requirements.
-
-"Bright star reflected in the pool of the world," he said to her one
-morning, "what is your need this day? Tell me, so that I may go and
-seek fulfilment."
-
-She smiled. "Lord," she said, "I desire the tail of a white antelope."
-
-"I will find this tail," he said stoutly, and went forth to his hunting,
-discouraged by the knowledge that the white antelope is seen once in the
-year, and then by chance.
-
-Now this woman, although counted cold by many former suitors, and
-indubitably discovered so by her husband, had one lover who was of her
-people, and when the seeker of white antelope tails had departed she
-sent a message to the young man.
-
-That evening Sanders was "tied up" five miles from the village, and was
-watching the sun sinking in the swamp which lay south and west of the
-anchorage, when N'mika came down river in his canoe, intent on his
-quest, but not so intent that he could pass his lord without giving him
-due obeisance.
-
-"Ho, N'mika!" said Sanders, leaning over the rail of the boat, and
-looking down kindly at the solemn figure in the canoe, "men up and down
-the river speak of you as the wonderful lover."
-
-"That is true, lord," said N'mika simply; "for, although I paid two
-thousand matakos for this woman, I think she is worth more rods than
-have ever been counted."
-
-Sanders nodded, eyeing him thoughtfully, for he suspected the unusual
-whenever women came into the picture, and was open to the conviction
-that the man was mad.
-
-"I go now, lord, to serve her," N'mika said, and he played with one of
-the paddles with some embarrassment; "for my wife desires a tail of a
-white antelope, and there is no antelope nearer than the N'gombi
-country--and white antelopes are very little seen."
-
-Sanders's eyebrows rose.
-
-"For many months," continued N'mika, "I must seek my beautiful white
-swish; but I am pleased, finding happiness in weariness because I serve
-her."
-
-Sanders made a sign, and the man clambered on deck.
-
-"You have a powerful ju-ju," he said, when N'mika stood before him, "for
-I will save you all weariness and privation. Three days since I shot a
-white antelope on the edge of the Mourning Pools, and you shall be given
-its tail."
-
-Into the hands of the waiting man he placed the precious trophy, and
-N'mika sighed happily.
-
-"Lord," he said simply, "you are as a god to me--and have been for all
-time; for you found me, and named me the 'Child of Sacrifice,' and I
-hope, my fine master, to give my life in your service. This would be a
-good end for me."
-
-"This is a little thing, N'mika," said Sanders gently; "but I give you
-now a greater thing, which is a word of wisdom. Do not give all your
-heart to one woman, lest she squeeze it till you are dead."
-
-"That also would be a great end," said N'mika and went his way.
-
-It was a sad way, for it led to knowledge.
-
-Sanders was coming up the river at his leisure. Two days ahead of him
-had gone a canoe, swiftly paddled, to summon to the place of snakes,
-near the elephants' ground where three small rivers meet (it was
-necessary to be very explicit in a country which abounded in elephants'
-playgrounds and haunts of snakes, and was, moreover, watered by
-innumerable rivers), a palaver of the chiefs of his land.
-
-To the palaver in the snake-place came the chiefs, high and puisne, the
-headmen, great and small, in their various states. Some arrived in war
-canoes, with _lokali_ shrilling, announcing the dignity and pride of the
-lazy figure in the stern. Some came in patched canoes that leaked
-continually. Some tramped long journeys through the forest--Isisi,
-Ochori, Akasava, Little N'gombi and Greater Isisi. Even the shy bushmen
-came sneaking down the river, giving a wide berth to all other peoples,
-and grasping in their delicate hands spears and arrows which, as a
-precautionary measure, had been poisoned with tetanus.
-
-Egili of the Akasava, Tombolo of the Isisi, N'rambara of the N'gombi,
-and, last but not least, Bosambo of the Ochori, came, the last named
-being splendid to behold; for he had a robe of green velvet, sent to him
-from the Coast, and about his neck, suspended by a chain, jewelled at
-intervals with Parisian diamonds, was a large gold-plated watch, with a
-blue enamel dial, which he consulted from time to time with marked
-insolence.
-
-They sat upon their carved stools about the Commissioner, and he told
-them many things which they knew, and some which they had hoped he did
-not know.
-
-"Now, I tell you," said Sanders, "I call you together because there is
-peace in the land, and no man's hand is against his brother's, and thus
-it has been for nearly twelve moons, and behold! you all grow rich and
-fat."
-
-"Kwai!" murmured the chiefs approvingly.
-
-"Therefore," said Sanders, "I have spoken a good word to Government for
-you, and Government is pleased; also my King and yours has sent you a
-token of his love, which he has made with great mystery and
-intelligence, that you may see him always with you, watching you."
-
-He had brought half a hundred oleographs of His Majesty from the
-headquarters, and these he had solemnly distributed. It was a
-head-and-shoulder photograph of the King lighting a cigarette, and had
-been distributed gratis with an English Christmas number.
-
-"Now all people see! For peace is a beautiful thing, and men may lie
-down in their huts and fear nothing of their using. Also, they may go
-out to their hunting and fear nothing as to their return, for their
-wives will be waiting with food in their hands."
-
-"Lord," said a little chief of the N'gombi, "even I, a blind and
-ignorant man, see all this. Now, I swear by death that I will hold the
-King's peace in my two hands, offending none; for though my village is a
-small one, I have influence, owing to my wife's own brother, by the same
-father and of the same mother, being the high chief of the
-N'gombi-by-the-River."
-
-"Lord Sandi," said Bosambo, and all eyes were fixed upon a chief so
-brave and so gallantly arrayed, who was, moreover, by all understanding,
-related too nearly to Sandi for the Commissioner's ease. "Lord Sandi,"
-said Bosambo, "that I am your faithful slave all men know. Some have
-spoken evilly of me, but, lo! where are they? They are in hell, as your
-lordship knows, for we were both Christians before I learnt the true way
-and worshipped God and the Prophet. Nevertheless, lord, Mussulman and
-Christian are one alike in this, that they have a very terrible hell to
-which their enemies go----"
-
-"Bosambo," said Sanders interrupting, "your voice is pleasant, and like
-the falling of rain after drought, yet I am a busy man, and there are
-many to speak."
-
-Bosambo inclined his head gravely. The conference looked at him now in
-awe, for he had earned an admonition from Sandi, and still lived--nay!
-still preserved his dignity.
-
-"Lord," said Bosambo. "I speak no more now, for, as you say, we have
-many private palavers, where much is said which no man knows; therefore
-it is unseemly to stand between other great speakers and your honour."
-He sat down.
-
-"You speak truly, Bosambo," said Sanders calmly. "Often we speak in
-private, you and I, for when I speak harshly to chiefs it is thus--in
-the secrecy of their huts that I talk, lest I put shame upon them in the
-eyes of their people."
-
-"O, ko!" said the dismayed Bosambo under his breath, for he saw the good
-impression his cryptic utterance had wrought wearing off with some
-rapidity.
-
-After the palaver had dispersed, a weary Sanders made his way to the
-_Zaire_. A bath freshened him, and he came out to a wire-screened patch
-of deck to his dinner with some zest. A chicken of microscopic
-proportions had been the main dish every night for months.
-
-He ate his meal in solitude, a book propped up against a bottle before
-him, a steaming cup of tea at one elbow, and a little electric hand-lamp
-at the other.
-
-He was worried. For nine months he had kept a regiment of the Ochori on
-the Isisi border prepared for any eventualities. This regiment had been
-withdrawn. Sanders had an uncomfortable feeling that he had made a bad
-mistake. It would take three weeks to police the border again.
-
-Long after the meal had been cleared away he sat thinking, and then a
-familiar voice, speaking with Abiboo on the lower deck, aroused him.
-
-He turned to the immobile Houssa orderly who squatted outside the fly
-wire.
-
-"If that voice is the voice of the chief Bosambo, bring him to me."
-
-A minute later Bosambo came, standing before the meshed door of the
-fly-proof enclosure.
-
-"Enter, Bosambo," said Sanders, and when he had done so: "Bosambo," he
-said, "you are a wise man, though somewhat boastful. Yet I have some
-faith in your judgment. Now you have heard all manner of people
-speaking before me, and you know that there is peace in this land. Tell
-me, by your head and your love, what things are there which may split
-this friendship between man and man?"
-
-"Lord," said Bosambo, preparing to orate at length, "I know of two
-things which may bring war, and the one is land and such high matters as
-fishing rights and hunting grounds, and the other is women. And, lord,
-since women live and are born to this world every hour of the day,
-faster--as it seems to me--than they die, there will always be voices to
-call spears from the roof."
-
-Sanders nodded. "And now?" he asked.
-
-Bosambo looked at him swiftly. "Lord," he said suavely, "all men live
-in peace, as your lordship has said this day, and we love one another
-too well to break the King's peace. Yet we keep a regiment of my Ochori
-on the Akasava border to keep the peace."
-
-"And now?" said Sanders again, more softly.
-
-Bosambo shifted uncomfortably. "I am your man," he said, "I have eaten
-your salt, and have shown you by various heroic deeds, and by terrible
-fighting, how much I love you, lord Sandi."
-
-"Yet," said Sanders, speaking rather to the swaying electric bulb
-hanging from the awning, "and yet I did not see the chief of the little
-Isisi at my palaver."
-
-Bosambo was silent for a moment. Then he heaved a deep sigh.
-
-"Lord," he said, with reluctant admiration, "you have eyes all over your
-body. You can see the words of men before they are uttered, and are
-very quick to read thoughts. You are all eyes," he went on
-extravagantly, "you have eyes on the top of your head and behind your
-ears. You have eyes----"
-
-"That will do," said Sanders quietly. "I think that will do, Bosambo."
-
-There was another long pause.
-
-"And I tell you this, because there are no secrets between you and me.
-It was I who persuaded the little chief not to come."
-
-Sanders nodded. "That I know," he said.
-
-"For, lord, I desired that this should be a very pleasant day for your
-lordship, and that you should go away with your heart filled with
-gladness, singing great songs; also, as your lordship knows, the Ochori
-guard has left the Akasava border."
-
-There was no mistaking the significance.
-
-"Why should Bimebibi make me otherwise?" asked Sanders, ignoring the
-addition.
-
-"Lord," said Bosambo loftily, "I am, as you know, of the true faith,
-believing neither in devils nor spells, save those which are prescribed
-by the blessed Prophet, it is well known that Bimebibi is a friend of
-ghosts, and has the eye which withers and kills. Therefore, lord, he is
-an evil man, and all the chiefs and peoples of this land are for
-chopping him--all save the people of the Lesser Isisi, who greatly love
-him."
-
-Again Sanders nodded.
-
-The Lesser Isisi were the fighting Isisi; they held the land between the
-Ochori and the Akasava, and were fierce men in some moments, though
-gentle enough in others. Yet he had had no word from N'mika that
-trouble was brewing. This was strange. Sanders sat in thought for the
-greater part of ten minutes. Then he spoke.
-
-"War is very terrible," he said, "for if one mad man comes up against
-five men who are not mad, behold! they become all mad together. I tell
-you this, Bosambo, if you do well for me in this matter, I will pay you
-beyond your dreams."
-
-"How can a man do well?" asked Bosambo.
-
-"He shall hold this war," said Sanders.
-
-Bosambo raised his right arm stiffly.
-
-"This I would do, lord," he said gravely; "but it is not for me, for
-Bimebibi will cross with the Akasava just as soon as he knows that the
-Ochori do not hold the border."
-
-"He must never know until I bring my soldiers," said Sanders; "and none
-can tell him." He looked up quietly, and met the chief's eye. "And
-none can tell him?" he challenged.
-
-Bosambo shook his head. "N'mika sits in his village, lord," said he;
-"and N'mika is a great lover of his wife by all accounts."
-
-Sanders smiled. "If N'mika betrays me," he said, "there is no man in
-the world I will ever trust."
-
- * * * * *
-
-N'mika faced his wife. He wore neither frown nor smile, but upon her
-face was the terror of death. On a stool in the centre of the hut was
-the tail of the white antelope, but to this she gave no attention, for
-her mind was busy with the thoughts of terrible reprisals.
-
-They sat in silence; the fire in the centre of the big hut spluttered
-and burnt, throwing weird shadows upon the wattle walls.
-
-When N'mika spoke his voice was even and calm.
-
-"Kira, my wife," he said, "you have taken my heart out of me, and left a
-stone, for you do not love me."
-
-She licked her dry lips and said nothing.
-
-"Now, I may put you away," he went on, "for the shame you have brought,
-and the sorrow, and the loneliness."
-
-She opened her mouth to speak. Twice she tried, but her tongue refused.
-Then, again:
-
-"Kill me," she whispered, and kept her staring eyes on his.
-
-N'mika, the Wonderful Lover, shook his head.
-
-"You are a woman, and you have not my strength," he said, half to
-himself, "and you are young. I have trusted you, and I am afraid."
-
-She was silent.
-
-If the man, her lover, did what she had told him to do in the frantic
-moment when she had been warned of her husband's return, she might have
-saved her life--and more.
-
-He read her thoughts in part.
-
-"You shall take no harm from me," he said; "for I love you beyond
-understanding; and though I stand on the edge of death for my kindness,
-I will do no ill to you."
-
-She sprang up. The fear in her eyes was gone; hate shone there
-banefully. He saw the look, and it scorched his very soul--and he
-heard.
-
-It was the soft pad-pad of the king's guard, and he turned to greet
-Bimebibi's head chief.
-
-His wife would have run to the guard, but N'mika's hand shot out and
-held her.
-
-"Take him--take him!" she cried hoarsely "He will kill me--also he plots
-against the king, for he is Sandi's man!"
-
-Chekolana, the king's headman, watched her curiously, but no more
-dispassionate was the face her husband turned upon her.
-
-"Kira," he said, "though you hate me, I love you. Though I die for this
-at the hands of the king, I love you."
-
-She laughed aloud.
-
-She was safe--and N'mika was afraid. Her outstretched finger almost
-touched his face.
-
-"Tell this to the king," she cried, "N'mika is Sandi's man, and knows
-his heart----"
-
-The headman, Chekolana, made a step forward and peered into N'mika's
-face.
-
-"If this is true," he said, "you shall tell Bimebibi all he desires to
-know. Say, N'mika, how many men of the Ochori hold the border?"
-
-N'mika laughed.
-
-"Ask Sandi that," he said.
-
-"Lord! lord!"--it was the woman, her eyes blazing--"this I will tell
-you, if you put my man away. On the border there is----"
-
-She gasped once and sighed like one grown weary, then she slid down to
-the floor of the hut--dead, for N'mika was a quick killer, and his
-hunting-knife very sharp.
-
-"Take me to the king," he said, his eyes upon the figure at his feet,
-"saying N'mika has slain the woman he loved; N'mika, the Wonderful
-Lover; N'mika, the Child of Sacrifice, who loved his wife well, and
-loved his high duty best."
-
-No other word spoke N'mika.
-
-They crucified him on a stake before the chief's hut, and there Sanders
-found him three days later, Bimebibi explained the circumstances.
-
-"Lord, this man murdered a woman, so I killed him," he said.
-
-He might have saved his breath, for he had need of it.
-
-
-
-
- *CHAPTER XI*
-
- *"THEY"*
-
-
-In the Akarti country they worshipped many devils, and feared none, save
-one strange devil, who was called "Wu," which in our language means
-"They."
-
-"Remember this," said Sanders of the River, as he grasped the hand of
-Grayson Smith, his assistant.
-
-"I will not forget," said that bright young man; "and, by the way, if
-anything happens to me, you might find out how it all came about, and
-drop a note to my people--suppressing the beastly details."
-
-Sanders nodded.
-
-"I will make it a pretty story," he said; "and, whatever happens, your
-death will be as instantaneous and as painless as my fountain-pen can
-make it."
-
-"You're a brick!" said Grayson Smith, and turned to swear volubly in
-Swaheli at his headman--for Smith, albeit young, was a great linguist.
-
-Sanders watched the big canoe as it swung into the yellow waters of the
-Fasai; watched it until it disappeared round a bank, then sent his
-steamer round to the current, and set his course homeward.
-
-To appreciate the full value of the Akartis' independence, and their
-immunity from all attack, it must be remembered that the territory
-ranged from the Forest-by-the-Waters to the Forest-by-the-Mountains. It
-was a stretch of broad, pastoral lands, enclosed by natural defences.
-Forest and swamp on the westward kept back the rapacious people of the
-Great King, mountain and forest on the south held the Ochori, the
-Akasava, and the Isisi.
-
-The boldest of the N'gombi never ventured across the saw-shaped peaks of
-the big mountains, even though loot and women were there for the taking.
-
-The king of the Akarti was undisputed lord of vast territories, and he
-had ten regiments of a thousand men, and one regiment of women, whom he
-called his "Angry Maidens," who drank strong juices, and wrestled like
-men.
-
-Since he was king from the Forest-by-the-Mountains to the
-Forest-by-the-Waters he was powerful and merciless, and none said "nay"
-to N'raki's "yea," for he was too fierce, and too terrible a man to
-cross.
-
-Culuka of the Wet Lands once came down into N'raki's territory, and
-brought a thousand spears.
-
-Now the Wet Lands are many miles from the city of the king, and the raid
-that Culuka planned injured none, for the raided territories were poor
-and stony.
-
-But N'raki, the killer, was hurt in his tenderest spot, and he led his
-thousands across the swamps to the city of Culuka, and he fought him up
-to the stockades and beyond. The city he burnt. The men and children
-he slew out of hand. Culuka he crucified before his flaming hut, and,
-thereafter, the borders of the killer were immune from attack.
-
-This was a lesson peculiarly poignant, and when the French
-Government--for Culuka dwelt in a territory which was nominally under
-the tricolour--sent a mission to inquire into the wherefores of the
-happening, N'raki cut off the head of the leader, and sent it back with
-unprintable messages intended primarily for the governor of French West
-Africa, and eventually for the Quai d'Orsay.
-
-N'raki lived, therefore, undisturbed, for the outrage coincided with the
-findings of the Demarcation Commission which had been sitting for two
-years to settle certain border-line questions. By the finding of the
-Commission all the Akarti country became, in the twinkling of an eye,
-British territory, and N'raki a vassal of the King of England--though he
-was sublimely unconscious of the honour.
-
-N'raki was an autocrat of autocrats, and of his many battalions of
-skilled fighting men, all very young and strong, with shining limbs and
-feathered heads, he was proudest of his first regiment.
-
-These were the tallest, the strongest, the fleetest, and the fiercest of
-fighters, and he forbade them to marry, for all men know that women have
-an evil effect upon warriors; and no married man is brave until he has
-children to defend, and by that time he is fat also.
-
-So this austere regiment knew none of the comforts or languor of love,
-and they were proud that their lord, the king, had set them apart from
-all other men, and had so distinguished them.
-
-At the games they excelled, because they were stronger and faster,
-knowing nothing of women's influence; and the old king saw their
-excellence, and said "Wa!"
-
-There was a man of the regiment whose name was Taga'ka, who was a fine
-man of twenty. There was also in the king's city a woman of fifteen,
-named Lapai, who was a straight, comely girl, and a great dancer.
-
-She was a haughty woman, because her uncle was the chief witch-doctor,
-and such was her power that she had put away two husbands.
-
-One day, at the wells, she saw Taga'ka, and loved him; and meeting him
-alone in the forest, she fell down before him and clasped his feet.
-
-"Lord Taga'ka," said she, "you are the one man in the world I desire."
-
-"I am beyond desire," said Taga'ka, in his arrogant pride; "for I am of
-the king's regiment, and women are grass for our feet."
-
-And not all her allurements could tempt him to so much as stroke her
-face; and the heart of the woman was wild with grief.
-
-Then the king fell sick, and daily grew worse.
-
-The witch-doctors made seven sacrifices, and learnt from grisly
-portents, which need not be described in detail, that the king should
-take a long journey to the far end of his kingdom, where he should meet
-a man with one eye, who would live in the shadow of the royal hut.
-
-This he did, journeying for three months, till he came to the appointed
-place, where he met a man afflicted in accordance with the prediction.
-And the man sat in the shadow of the king's hut.
-
-Now, it is a fact, which none will care to deny, that the niece of the
-chief witch-doctor had planned the treatment of the king. She had
-planned it with great cleverness, and she it was who saw to it that the
-deformed man waited at the king's hut.
-
-For she loved Taga'ka with all the passion of her soul, and when the
-long months passed, and the king remained far away, and Lapai whispered
-into the young man's ear, he took her to wife, though death would be his
-penalty for his wrong-doing.
-
-The other men of the royal regiment, who held Taga'ka a model in all
-things austere, seeing this happen, said: "Behold! Taga'ka, the
-favourite of the king, has taken a woman to himself. Now, if we all do
-this, it would be better for Taga'ka, and better for us. The king, the
-old man, will forgive him, and not punish us."
-
-It might have been that N'raki, the king, would have ended his days in
-the place to which his medicine-man had sent him, but there arose in
-that district a greater magician than any--a certain wild alien of the
-Wet Lands, who possessed magical powers, and cured pains in the king's
-legs by a no more painful process than the laying on of hands, and whom
-the king appointed his chief magician. And this was the end of the
-uncle of Lapai; for, if no two kings can rule in one land, most
-certainly no two witch-doctors can hold power.
-
-And they killed the deposed uncle of Lapai, and used the blood for
-making spells.
-
-One morning the new witch-doctor stood in the presence of N'raki the
-king.
-
-"Lord king," he said, "I have had a dream, and it says that your
-lordship shall go back to your city, and that you shall travel secretly,
-so that the devils who guard the way shall not lay hands upon you."
-
-N'raki, the king, went back to his city unattended, save by his personal
-guard, and unheralded, to the discomfort of the royal regiment.
-
-And when he learnt what he learnt, he administered justice swiftly. He
-carried the forbidden wives to the top of a high mountain and cast them
-over a cliff, one by one, to the number of six hundred.
-
-And that mountain is to this day called "The Mountain of Sorrowful
-Women."
-
-One alone he spared--Lapai. Before the assembled people in judgment he
-spared her.
-
-"Behold this woman, people of the Akarti!" he said; "she that has
-brought sorrow and death to my regiment. To-day she shall watch her
-man, Taga'ka, burn; and from henceforth she shall live amongst you to
-remind you that I am a very jealous king, and terrible in my anger."
-
-The news of the massacre filtered slowly through the territories. It
-came to the British Government, but the British Government is a cautious
-Government where primitive natives are concerned.
-
-Sanders, sitting between Downing Street and the District Commissioners
-of many far-away and isolated spots, realised the futility of an
-expedition. He sent two special messages, one of which was to a young
-man named Farquharson, who, at the moment, was shooting snipe on the big
-swamp south of the Ambalina Mountains. And this young man swore like a
-Scotsman because his sport had been interrupted, but girded up his
-loins, and, with half a company of the King's African Rifles, trekked
-for the city.
-
-On his way he ran into an ambush, and swore still more, for he realised
-that death had overtaken him before he had had his annual holiday.
-
-He called for his orderly.
-
-"Hafiz," he said in Arabic, "if you should escape, cross the country to
-the Ochori land by the big river. There you will find Sandi; give him
-my dear love, and say that Fagozoni sent a cheerful word, also that the
-Slayer of Regiments is killing his people."
-
-An hour later Farquharson, or Fagozoni, as they called him, was lying
-before the king, his unseeing eyes staring at the hard, blue heavens,
-his lips parted in the very ghost of a smile.
-
-"This is a bad palaver," said the king, looking at the dead man. "Now
-they will come, and I know not what will happen."
-
-In his perturbation he omitted to take into his calculations the fact
-that he had in his city a thousand men sick with grief at the loss of
-their wives.
-
-N'raki, the king, was no coward. There was a prompt smelling out of all
-suspicious characters. Even the councillors about his person were not
-exempt, for the new witch-doctor found traces of disloyalty in every
-one.
-
-With the aid of his regiment of virgins, he held his city, and
-ruthlessly disposed of secret critics. These included men who stood at
-his very elbow, and there came a time when he found none to whom he
-might transmit his thoughts with any feeling of security.
-
-News came to him that there was an Arab caravan traversing his western
-border, trading with his people, and the report he received was
-flattering to the intelligence and genius of the man in charge of the
-party.
-
-N'raki sent messengers with gifts and kind words to the intruder, and on
-a certain day there was brought before him the slim Arab, Ussuf.
-
-"O Ussuf," said the king, "I have heard of you, and of your wisdom.
-Often you have journeyed through my territories, and no man has done you
-hurt."
-
-"Lord king," said the Arab, "that is true."
-
-The king looked at him thoughtfully. N'raki, in those days, had reached
-his maturity; he was a wise, cunning man, and had no illusions.
-
-"Arabi," he said, "this is in my mind: that you shall stay here with me,
-living in the shadow of my hut, and be my chief man, for you are very
-clever, and know the ways of foreign people. You shall have treasures
-beyond your dreams, for in this land there is much dead ivory hidden by
-the people of my fathers."
-
-"Lord king," said Ussuf, "this is a very great honour, and I am too mean
-and small a man to serve you. Yet it is true I know the ways of foreign
-people, and I am wise in the government of men."
-
-"This also I say to you," the king went on slowly, "that I do not fear
-men or devils, yet I fear 'They,' because of their terrible cruelty.
-Now if you will serve me, so that I avert the wrath of these, you shall
-sit down here in peace and happiness."
-
-Thus it came about that Ussuf, the Arab, became Prime Minister to the
-King of Akarti, and two days after his arrival the new witch-doctor was
-put away with promptitude and dispatch by a king who had no further use
-for him.
-
-All the news that came from the territories to Sanders was that the
-country was being ruled with some wisdom. The fear of "They" was an
-ever-present fear with the king. The long evenings he sat with his Arab
-counsellor, thinking of that mysterious force which lay beyond the
-saw-back.
-
-"I tell you this, Ussuf," he said, "that my heart is like water within
-me when I think of 'They,' for it is a terrible devil, and I make
-sacrifices at every new moon to appease its anger."
-
-"Lord king," said Ussuf, "I am skilled in the way of 'They,' and I tell
-you that they do not love sacrifices."
-
-The king shifted on his stool irritably.
-
-"That is strange," he said, "for the gods told me in a dream that I must
-sacrifice Lapai."
-
-He shot a swift glance at the Arab, for this Ussuf was the only man in
-the city who did not deal scornfully with the lonely, outcast woman,
-whose every day was a hell.
-
-It was the king's order that she should walk through the city twice
-between sunrise and sunset, and it was the king's pleasure that every
-man she met should execrate her; and although the native memory is
-short, and the recollection of the tragedy had died, men feared the king
-too much to allow her to pass without a formal curse.
-
-Ussuf alone had walked with her, and men had gasped to see the kindly
-Arabi at her side.
-
-"You may have this woman," said the king suddenly, "and take her into
-your house."
-
-The Arab turned his calm eyes upon the wizened face of the other.
-
-"Lord," he said, "she is not of my faith, being an unbeliever and an
-infidel, and, according to my gods, unworthy."
-
-He was wise to the danger his undiplomatic friendship had brought him.
-He knew the reigns of Prime Ministers were invariably short.
-
-He had become less indispensable than he had been, for the king had
-regained some of his lost confidence in the loyalty of his people;
-moreover, he had aroused suspicion in the Akartis' mind, and that was
-fatal.
-
-The king dismissed him, and Ussuf went back to his hut, where his six
-Arab followers were.
-
-"Ahmed," he said to one of these, "it is written in the blessed Word
-that the life of man is very short. Now I particularly desire that it
-shall be no shorter than the days our God has given to me. Be prepared
-to-morrow, therefore, to leave this city, for I see an end to my power."
-
-He rose early in the morning, and went to the palaver which began the
-day. He was not perturbed to discover the seat usually reserved on the
-right of the king occupied by a lesser chief, and his own stool placed
-four seats down on the left.
-
-"I have spoken with my wise counsellors," said the king, "also with
-witch-doctors, and these wise men have seen that the crops are bad, and
-that there is no fortune in this land, and because of this we will make
-a great sacrifice."
-
-Ussuf bowed his head.
-
-"Now, I think," said King N'raki slowly, "because I love my people very
-dearly, and I will not take any young maidens, as is the custom, for the
-fire, and for the killing, that it would be good for all people if I
-took the woman Lapai."
-
-All eyes were fixed on Ussuf. His face was calm and motionless.
-
-"Also," the king went on, "I hear terrible things, which fill my stomach
-with sorrow."
-
-"Lord, I hear many things also," said Ussuf calmly; "but I am neither
-sorry nor glad, for such stories belong to the women at their
-cooking-pots and to men who are mad because of sickness."
-
-N'raki made a little face.
-
-"Women or madmen," he said shortly, "they say that you are under the
-spell of this woman, and that you are plotting against this land, and
-have also sent secret messengers to 'They,' and that you will bring
-great armies against my warriors, eating up my country as Sandi ate up
-the Akasava and the lands of the Great King."
-
-Ussuf said nothing. He would not deny this for many reasons.
-
-"When the moon comes up," said the king, and he addressed the assembly
-generally, "you shall tie Lapai to a stake before my royal house, and
-all the young maidens shall dance and sing songs, for good fortune will
-come to us, as it came in the days of my father, when a bad woman died."
-
-Ussuf made no secret of his movements that day. First he went to his hut
-at the far end of the village, and spoke to the six Arabs who had come
-with him into the kingdom.
-
-To the headman he said:
-
-"Ahmed, this is a time when death is very near us all, be ready at
-moonrise to die, if needs be. But since life is precious to us all, be
-at the little plantation at the edge of the city at sunset, as soon as
-darkness falls and the people come in to sacrifice."
-
-He left them and walked through the broad, palm-fringed street of the
-Akarti city till he came to the lonely hut, where the outcast woman
-dwelt. It was such a hut as the people of Akarti built for those who are
-about to die, so that no dwelling-place might be polluted with the
-mustiness of death.
-
-The girl was starting on her daily penance--a tall, fine woman. She
-watched the approach of the king's minister without expressing in her
-face any of the torments which raged in her bosom.
-
-"Lapai," said Ussuf, "this night the king makes a sacrifice."
-
-He made no further explanation, nor did the girl require one.
-
-"If he had made this sacrifice earlier, he would have been kind," she
-said quietly, "for I am a very sorrowful woman."
-
-"That I know, Lapai," said the Arab gently.
-
-"That you do not know," she corrected. "I had sorrow because I loved a
-man and destroyed him, because I love my people and they hate me, and
-now because I love you, Ussuf, with a love which is greater than any."
-
-He looked at her; there was a strange pity in his eyes, and his thin,
-brown hands went out till they reached to her shoulders.
-
-"All things are with the gods," he said. "Now, I cannot love you,
-Lapai, although I am full of pity for you, for you are not of my race,
-and there are other reasons. But because you are a woman, and because
-of certain teachings which I received in my youth, I will take you out
-of this city, and, if needs be, die for you."
-
-He watched her as she walked slowly down towards where the people of the
-Akarti waited for her, drawn by morbid curiosity, since the king's
-intention was no secret. Then he shrugged his shoulders helplessly.
-
-At nine o'clock, when the virgin guards and the old king went to find
-her for the killing, she had gone.
-
-So also had Ussuf and his six Arabi. The king's _lokali_ beat
-furiously, summoning all the country to deliver into his hands the woman
-and the man.
-
- * * * * *
-
-Sanders, at that moment, was hunting for the Long Man, whose name was
-O'Fasa. O'Fasa was twelve months gone in sleeping-sickness, and had
-turned from being a gentle husband and a kindly father into a brute
-beast. He had speared his wife, cut down the Houssa guard left by
-Sanders to keep the peace of his village, and had made for the forest.
-
-Now, a madman is a king, holding his subjects in the thrall of fear, and
-since there was no room in the territory for two kings and Sanders, the
-Commissioner came full tilt up the river, landed half a company of black
-infantry, and followed on the ravaging trace of the madman.
-
-At the end of eight days he came upon O'Fasa, the Long Man. He was
-sitting with his back against a gum-tree, his well-polished spears close
-at hand, and he was singing the death song of the Isisi, a long low,
-wailing, sorrowful song, which may be so translated into doggerel
-English:
-
- Life is a thing so small
- That you cannot see it at all;
- Death is a thing so wise
- That you see it in every guise.
- Death is the son of life,
- Pain is his favourite wife.
-
-Sanders went slowly across the clearing, his automatic pistol in his
-hand.
-
-O'Fasa looked at him and laughed.
-
-"O'Fasa," said Sanders gently, "I have come to see you, because my King
-heard you were sick."
-
-"O ko!" laughed the other. "I am a great man when kings send their
-messengers to me."
-
-Sanders, his eye upon the spears, advanced warily.
-
-"Come with me, O'Fasa," he said.
-
-The man rose to his feet. He made no attempt to reach his spears. Of a
-sudden he ducked, and turned, running swiftly towards the black heart of
-the forest. Sanders raised his pistol, and hesitated a second--just too
-long. He could not kill the man, though by letting him live he might
-endanger the lives of his fellows and the peace of the land.
-
-The Commissioner was in an awkward predicament. Ten miles beyond was the
-narrow gap which led into the territory of N'raki. To lead an armed
-expedition through that gap would bring about complications which it was
-his duty and desire to avoid. The only hope was that O'Fasa would
-double back, for the trail they followed left little doubt as to where
-he had gone. Unerringly, with the instinct of the hunted beast, he had
-made for the gap.
-
-They came to the gorge, palm-fringed, and damp with the running waters,
-at sunset, and camped. They found the spoor of the hunted man, lost it,
-and picked it up again. At daybreak Sanders, with two men, pushed
-through the narrow pass and came into the forbidden territory. There
-was no sign of the fugitive.
-
-Sanders's _lokali_ beat out four urgent messages. They were addressed to
-a Mr. Grayson Smith, who might possibly be in that neighbourhood, but if
-he received them, he sent no reply.
-
-Now, madmen and children have a rooted dislike for strange places, and
-Sanders, backing on this, fixed his ambush in the narrow end of the
-gorge. Sooner or later O'Fasa would return. At any rate, he decided to
-give him four days. Thus matters stood when the sometime minister,
-Ussuf, with a woman and five Arabi, made for the gap, with the swift and
-tireless guards of the king at their heels.
-
-Three times the Arab had halted to fight off his pursuers, and in one of
-these engagements he had sustained his only casualty, and had left a
-dead Arab follower on the ground of his stand.
-
-The gap was in sight, when a regiment of the north, summoned by
-_lokali_, swept down on his left and effectively blocked his retreat.
-Ussuf took up his position on a little rocky hill. His right was
-protected by swamp land, and his left and rear were open.
-
-"Lapai," he said, when he had surveyed the position, "it seems to me
-that the death you desire is very close at hand. Now, I am very sorry
-for you, but God knows my sorrow can do little to save you."
-
-The woman looked at him steadily.
-
-"Lord," she said, "I am very glad if you and I go down to hell together,
-for in some new, strange world you might love me, and I should be
-satisfied."
-
-Ussuf laughed, showing his straight rows of white teeth in genuine
-amusement.
-
-"That we shall see," he said.
-
-The attack came almost at once, but the rifles of the six shot back the
-assault. At the end of two hours the little party stood intact. A
-second attack followed; one man of the Arab guard went down with an
-arrow through his throat, but Ussuf's shooting was effective, and again
-the northern regiment drew off.
-
-Before the hill, and in the direction of Akarti city, was the king's
-legion. It was from this point that Ussuf expected the last destroying
-assault.
-
-"Lapai," he said, turning round, "I----"
-
-The woman had gone! In the fury of the defence he had not noticed her
-slip away from him. Suddenly she appeared half-way down the hill and
-turned to him.
-
-"Come back!" he called.
-
-She framed her mouth with two hands that her words might carry better.
-In the still evening air every word came distinctly.
-
-"Lord," she said, "this is best, for if they have me, they will let you
-go, and death will come some day to you, and I shall be waiting."
-
-She turned and ran quickly down the hill towards the stiff lines of
-warriors below.
-
-Then suddenly appeared out of the ground, as It seemed, a tall, lank
-figure right in her path. She stopped a moment, and the man sprang at
-her and lifted her without an effort. Ussuf raised his rifle and
-covered them, but he dare not shoot.
-
-There was another interested spectator. King N'raki, a vengeful man,
-and agile despite his years, had followed as eagerly as the youngest of
-his warriors, and now stood in the midst of his counsellors, watching
-the scene upon the hill.
-
-"What man is that?" he asked. "For I see he is not of our people."
-
-Before the messengers he would have dispatched could be instructed, the
-tall man, running lightly with his burden, came towards him, and laid a
-dead woman almost at the king's feet.
-
-"Man," he said insolently, "I bring you this woman, whom I have killed,
-because a devil put it into my heart to do so."
-
-"Who are you?" asked N'raki. "For I see you are a stranger."
-
-"I am a king," said O'Fasa, the Long Man; "greater than all kings, for I
-have behind me the armies of white men."
-
-The humour of this twisted truth struck him of a sudden, for he burst
-into a fit of uncontrollable laughter.
-
-"You have the armies of the white men behind you?" repeated N'raki
-slowly, and looked nervously from side to side.
-
-"Behold!" said O'Fasa, stretching out his hand.
-
-The king's eyes followed the direction of the hand. Far away across the
-bare plain he saw black specks of men advancing at regular intervals.
-The sinking sun set the bayonets of Sander's little force aglitter. The
-Commissioner had heard the firing, and had guessed much.
-
-"It is 'They,'" said King N'raki, and blinked furiously at the Long Man,
-O'Fasa.
-
-He turned swiftly to his guard.
-
-"Kill that man!" he said.
-
- * * * * *
-
-Sanders brought his half-company of Houssas to the hill and was met
-half-way by Ussuf.
-
-"I heard your rifles," he said. "Have you seen anything of a long chap,
-of wild and aggressive mien!" He spoke in English, and Ussuf replied in
-the same language.
-
-"A tall man?" he asked, and Sanders wondered a little that a man so
-unemotional as was Grayson Smith, of the Colonial Intelligence, should
-speak so shakily.
-
-"I think he is here," said the Englishman in Arab attire, and he led the
-way down the hill.
-
-N'raki's armies had moved off swiftly. The fear of "They" had been
-greater in its effect than all its legions.
-
-The Englishmen made their way to where two figures lay in a calm sleep
-of death.
-
-"Who is the woman?" asked Sanders.
-
-"A native woman, who loved me," said Grayson Smith simply, and he bent
-down and closed the eyes of the girl who had loved him so well.
-
-
-
-
- *CHAPTER XII*
-
- *THE AMBASSADORS*
-
-
-There is a saying amongst the Akasava:
-
-"The Isisi sees with his eyes, the N'gombi with his ears, but the Ochori
-sees nothing but his meat."
-
-This is translated badly, but in its original form it is immensely
-subtle. In the old days before Bosambo became chief, king, headman, or
-what you will, of his people, the Ochori were quite prepared to accept
-the insulting description of their sleepiness without resentment.
-
-But this was _cala-cala_, and now the Ochori are a proud people, and it
-is not good to throw insulting proverbs in their direction, lest they
-throw them back with something good and heavy at the end of it.
-
-The native mind works slowly, and it was not until every tribe within
-three hundred miles had received some significant indication of the
-change which had come about in the spirit and character of this timorous
-people, that they realised the Ochori were no longer a race which might
-serve as butts for the shafts of wisdom.
-
-There was a petty chief of the Isisi who governed a great district, for,
-although "Isisi" means "small" the name must not be taken literally. He
-had power under his king to call palavers on all great national
-questions, such as the failure of crops, the shifting of
-fishing-grounds, and the infidelities of highly-placed women.
-
-One day he called his people together--his counsellors, his headmen, and
-all sons of chiefs--and he laid before them a remarkable proposition.
-
-"In the days of my father," said Embed, "the Ochori were a weak and
-cowardly people; now they have become strong and powerful. Last week
-they came down upon our brothers of the Akasava and stole their goats
-and laid shame upon them, and behold! the Akasava, who are great
-warriors, did nothing more than send to Sandi the story of their sorrow.
-Now it seems to me that this is because Bosambo, the chief, has a devil
-of great potency, and I have sent to my king to ask him to entreat the
-lord Bosambo to tell us why these things should be."
-
-The gathered counsellors nodded their heads wisely. There was no doubt
-at all that Bosambo had the advantage of communication with a devil; or
-if this were not so, he was blessed to a minor degree with a nodding
-acquaintance with one of those ghosts in which the forest of the Ochori
-abounded.
-
-"And thus says my lord, the king of the Akasava, and of all the
-territories and the rivers and the unknown lands beyond the forest as
-far as the eye can see," the chief went on. "He sends me his message by
-his counsellor, saying: 'It is true Bosambo has a devil, and for the
-sake of my people I will send to him, asking him to put his strength in
-our hands, that we may be wise and bold.'"
-
-Now this was a conclusion which had been arrived at simultaneously by
-the six nations, and, although the thoughts of their rulers were not
-communicated in such a public fashion, the faith in Bosambo's
-inspiration was universal, and the idea that Bosambo should be thus
-approached was a violent and shameless plagiarism on the part of the
-chief Emberi.
-
-One morning in the late spring the ambassadors of the powers came
-paddling up to Ochori city in twelve canoes with their headmen, their
-warriors, their beaters of drums and their carriers. Bosambo, who had
-no faith whatever in humanity, was warned of their approach and threw
-the city into a condition of defence. He himself received the
-deputation on the foreshore, and the spokesman was Emberi.
-
-"Lord Bosambo," said the chief, "we come in peace, and from the chief
-and the kings and all the peoples of these lands."
-
-"That may be so," said Bosambo, "and my heart is full of joy to see you.
-But I beg of you that you land your spearmen and your warriors and your
-beaters of drums on the other side of the river, for I am a timorous
-man, and I fear that I cannot in this city show you the love and honour
-which Sandi has asked me to give even to common people."
-
-"But, lord," protested the chief, who, to do him credit, had no warlike
-or injurious ideas concerning his host, "on the other side of the water
-there is only sand and water and evil spirits."
-
-"That may be so," said Bosambo; "but on this side of the river there are
-me and my people, and we desire to live happily for many years. I tell
-you, that it is better that you should all die because of the sand and
-the water and the evil spirits, than that I should be slain by those who
-do not love me."
-
-"My master," said Emberi pompously, "is a great king and a great lover
-of you."
-
-"Your master," said Bosambo, "is a great liar."
-
-"He loves you," protested Emberi.
-
-"He is still a great liar," said Bosambo; "for the last time I met him
-he not only said that he would come with his legions and eat me up, but
-he also called me evil names, such as 'fish-eater' and 'chicken,' and
-'fat dog.'"
-
-Bosambo spoke without fear of consequences because he had a hundred of
-his picked men behind him, and all the advantage of the sloping beach.
-He would have turned the delegates back to their homes, but that the
-persistent and alarmed Emberi succeeded in interesting him in his
-announcements, and, more important, there were landed from one of the
-canoes, rich presents, including goats and rice and a looking-glass,
-which latter was, explained Emberi, the very core of his master's soul.
-
-In the end Bosambo left his hundred men to hold the beach, and Emberi
-persuaded his reluctant followers to make their home on the sandy shore
-across the river.
-
-Then, and only then, did Bosambo unbend, and had prepared one of his
-famous feasts, to which all the chiefs of the land contributed in the
-shape of meat and drink--all the chiefs, that is, except Bosambo, who
-made a point of giving nothing away to anybody in any circumstances.
-
-The palaver that followed was very interesting, indeed, to the chief of
-the Ochori. One by one, from nine in the morning to four in the
-following morning, the delegates spoke.
-
-Much of their speeches dealt with the superlative qualities which
-distinguished Bosambo's rule--his magnificent courage, his noble
-generosity--Bosambo glanced quickly round to see the faces of the
-counsellors who had reluctantly provided the feast--and to the future
-which awaited all nations which imitated all his virtues.
-
-"Lord, I speak the truth," said Emberi, "and thus it runs that all
-people from the sea where the river ends, to the leopard's mouth from
-whence it has its source, know that you are familiar with devils that
-give you courage and cunning and tell you magic, so that you can make
-men from rats."
-
-Bosambo nodded his head gravely.
-
-"All this is true," he said. "I have several devils, although I do not
-always use them. For, as you know, I am a follower of a particular
-faith, and was for one life-time a Christian, believing in all manners
-of mysteries of which you know nothing--Marki, Luki, and Johnny Baptist,
-who are not for you."
-
-He looked round at the awed men and shook his head.
-
-"Nor do you know of the wonders they worked, such as curing burns, and
-striking dead, and cutting ears. Now I know these things," he continued
-impressively, "therefore Sandi loves me, for he also is a God-man, and
-often comes to me to speak with him concerning these white men."
-
-"Lord, what are devils?" asked an impatient delegate.
-
-"Of the devils," repeated Bosambo, "I have many."
-
-He half closed his eyes and was silent for the space of two minutes. He
-gave the impression that he was counting his staff--and, indeed, this
-was the idea precisely that he wished to convey.
-
-"O ko!" said Emberi in a hushed voice. "If it is true, as you say it
-is, then our master desires that you shall send us one devil or two that
-we might be taught the peculiar manner of these wonderful ghosts."
-
-Bosambo coughed, and glanced round at the sober faces of his advisers.
-
-"I have many devils who serve me," he began. "There is one I know who is
-very small and has two noses--one before him and one behind--so that he
-may smell his enemy who stalks him. Also there is one who is so tall
-that the highest trees are grass to his feet. And another one who is
-green and walks upside down."
-
-For an hour Bosambo orated at length on daemonology, even though he
-might never have known the word. He drew on the misty depths of his
-imagination. He availed himself of every recollection dealing with
-science. He spoke of ghosts who were familiar friends, and came to his
-bidding much in the same way that the civilised dog comes to his
-master's whistle.
-
-The delegates retired to their huts for the night in a condition of
-panic when Bosambo informed them that he had duly appointed a particular
-brand of devil to serve their individual needs, and protect them against
-the ills which the flesh is heir to.
-
-Now Ochori city and the Ochori nation had indeed awakened from the spell
-of lethargy under the beneficent and drastic government of Bosambo, and
-it is known in the history of nations, however primitive or however
-advanced they may be, that no matter how excellent may be the changes
-effected there will be a small but compact party who regard the reformer
-as one who encumbers the earth. Bosambo had of his own people a small
-but powerful section who regarded all changes with horror, and who saw
-in the new spirit which the chief had infused into the Ochori, the
-beginning of the end. This is a view which is not peculiar to the
-Ochori.
-
-There were old chiefs and headmen who remembered the fat and idle days
-which preceded the upraising of Bosambo, who remembered how easy it was
-to secure slave service, and, remembering, spoke of Bosambo with
-unkindness. The chief might have settled the matter of devils out of
-hand in his own way, and would, I doubt not, have sent away the
-delegation happily enough with such messages of the Koran as he could
-remember written on the paper Sanders had supplied him for official
-messages.
-
-But it was not Bosambo's way, nor was it the way with the men with whom
-he had to deal to expedite important palavers. Normally, such a
-conference as was now assembled, would last at least three days and
-three nights. It seemed that it would last much longer, for Bosambo had
-troubles of his own.
-
-At dawn on the morning following the arrival of the delegation, a
-dust-stained messenger, naked as he was born, came at a jog-trot and
-panting heavily from the bush road which leads to the Elivi, and without
-ceremony stood at the door of the royal hut.
-
-"Lord Bosambo," said the messenger, "Ikifari, the chief of Elivi, brings
-his soldiers and headmen to the number of a thousand, for a palaver."
-
-"What is in his heart?" said Bosambo.
-
-"Master," said the man, "this is in his heart: there shall be no roads
-in the Ochori, for the men of Elivi are crying out against the work.
-They desire to live in peace and comfort."
-
-Bosambo had instituted a law of his own--with the full approval of
-Sanders--and it was that each district should provide a straight and
-well-made forest road from one city to another, and a great road which
-should lead from one district to its neighbour.
-
-Unfortunately, every little tribe did not approach the idea with the
-enthusiasm which Bosambo himself felt, nor regard it with the approval
-which was offered to this most excellent plan by the King's Government.
-
-For road-making is a bad business. It brings men out early in the
-morning, and keeps them working with the sweat running off their bare
-backs in the hot hours of the day. Also there were fines and levies
-which Bosambo the chief took an unholy joy in extracting whenever
-default was made.
-
-Of all the reluctant tribes, the Elivi were the most frankly so. Whilst
-all the others were covered with a network of rough roads--slovenly
-made, but roads none the less--Elivi stood a virgin patch of land two
-hundred miles square in the very heart of make-shift civilisation.
-
-Bosambo might deal drastically with the enemy who stood outside his
-gate. It was a more delicate matter when he had to deal with a district
-tacitly rebellious, and this question of roads threatened to develop,
-unhappily.
-
-He had sent spies into the land of the Elivi and this was the first man
-back.
-
-"Now it seems to me," said Bosambo, half to himself, "that I have need
-of all my devils, for Ikifari is a bitter man, and his sons and his
-counsellors are of a mind with him."
-
-He sent his headman to his guests with a message that for the whole day
-he would be deep in counsel with himself over this matter of ghosts; and
-when late in the evening the van of the Elivi force was sighted on the
-east of the village, Bosambo, seated in state in his magnificent
-palaver-house, adorned with such Christmas plates as came his way,
-awaited their arrival.
-
-Limberi, the headman, went out to meet the disgruntled force.
-
-"Chief," he said, "it is our lord's wish that you leave your spears
-outside the city."
-
-"Limberi," said Ikifari, a hard man of forty, all wiry muscle and
-leanness, "we are people of your race and your brothers. Why should we
-leave our spears--we who are of the Ochori?"
-
-"You do not come otherwise," said Limberi decisively. "For across the
-river are many enemies of our lord, and he loves you so much, that for
-his own protection, he desired your armed men--your spearmen and your
-swordsmen--to sit outside. Thus he will be confident and happy."
-
-There was no more to be done than to obey.
-
-Ikifari with his counsellors followed the headman to the palaver, and
-his insolence was notable.
-
-"I speak for all Elivi," he said, without any ceremonious preliminaries.
-"We are an oppressed people, lord Bosambo, and our young men cry out
-with great voices against your cruelty."
-
-"They shall cry louder," said Bosambo, and Ikifari, the chief, scowled.
-
-"Lord," he said sullenly, "if it is true that Sandi loves you, he also
-loves us, and no man is so great in this land that he may stir a people
-to rebellion."
-
-Bosambo knew this was true--knew it without the muttered approval of
-Ikifari's headmen. He ran his eye over the little party. They were all
-there--the malcontents. Tinif'si, the stout headman, M'kera and
-Calasari, the lesser chiefs; and there was in their minds a certain
-defiance which particularly exasperated Bosambo. He might punish one or
-two who set themselves up against his authority, but here was an
-organised rebellion. Punishment would mean fighting, and fighting would
-weaken his position with Sanders.
-
-It was the moment to temporise.
-
-Fortunately the devil deputation was not present. It was considered to
-be against all etiquette for men of another nation to be present at the
-domestic councils of their neighbours. Otherwise some doubt might have
-been born in the bosom of Emberi as to the efficacy of Bosambo's devils
-at this particular moment.
-
-"And this I would say to you, lord," said Ikifari, and Bosambo knew that
-the crux of the situation would be revealed. "We Elivi are your dogs.
-You do not send for us to come to your great feasts, nor do you honour
-us in any way. But when there is fighting you call up our spears and
-our young men, and you send us abroad to be eaten up by your terrible
-enemies. Also," he went on, "when you choose your chiefs and
-counsellors to go pleasant journeys to such places where they are
-honoured and feasted, you send only men of the Ochori city."
-
-It may be said here that from whatever source Bosambo derived his
-inspiration, he had certainly acquired royal habits which were foreign
-to his primitive people. Thus he would dispatch envoys and ambassadors
-on ceremonious visits bearing gifts and presents which they themselves
-provided and returning with richer presents which Bosambo acquired. It
-was, if the truth be told, a novel and pleasant method of extracting
-blackmail--pleasant because it gave Bosambo little trouble, and afforded
-his subordinates titillation of importance, and no one had arisen to
-complain save these unfortunate cities of Akasava--Isisi and
-N'gombi--which entertained his representatives.
-
-"It is true I have never sent you," said Bosambo, "and my heart is sore
-at the thought that you should think evil of me because I have saved you
-all this trouble. For my heart is like water within me. Yet a moon
-since I sent Kill, my headman, bearing gifts to the king of the bush
-people, and they chopped him so that he died, and now I fear to send
-other messengers."
-
-There was an unmistakable sneer on Ikifari's face.
-
-"Lord," he said, with asperity, "Kili was a foolish man and you hated
-him, for he had spoken evilly against you, stirring up your people.
-Therefore you sent him to the bushmen and he did not come back." He
-added significantly: "Now I tell you that if you send me to the bushmen
-I do not go."
-
-Bosambo thought a moment.
-
-"Now I see," he said, almost jovially, "that Ikifari, whom I love better
-than my own brother"--this was true--"is angry with me because I have
-not sent him on a journey. Now I shall show how much I love you, for I
-will send you all--each of you--as guests of my house, bearing my word
-to such great nations as the Akasava, the Isisi, the N'gombi; also to
-the people beyond the river, who are great and give large presents."
-
-He saw the faces brighten, and seized the psychological moment.
-
-"The palaver is finished," said Bosambo magnificently.
-
-He ordered a feast to be made outside the city for his unwelcome guests,
-and summoned the devil delegates to his presence.
-
-"My friends," he said, "I have given this matter of devils great
-thought, and since I desire to stand well with you and with your master,
-I have spent this night in company with six great devils, who are my
-best friends and who help me in all matters. Now I tell you this--which
-is known only to myself and to you, whom I trust--that to-day I send to
-your master six great spirits which inspire me."
-
-There was a hush. The sense of responsibility, which comes to the
-nervous who are suddenly entrusted with the delivery of a ferocious
-bull, fell upon the men of the delegation.
-
-"Lord, this is a great honour," said Emberi, "and our masters will send
-many more presents than your lordship has ever seen. But how may we
-take these devils with us, for we are fearful and are not used to their
-ways?"
-
-Bosambo bowed his head graciously.
-
-"That also filled my thoughts," he said, "and thus I have ordered it. I
-shall take six of my people--six counsellors and chiefs, who are to me
-as the sun and the flowers--and by magic I will place inside the heart
-of each chief and headman one great devil. You shall take these men
-with you, and you shall listen to all they say save this." He paused.
-"These devils love me, and they will greatly desire to return to my city
-and to my land, where they have been so long. Now I tell you that you
-must treat them kindly. Yet you must hold them, putting a guard about
-them, and keeping them in a secret place, so that Sandi may not find
-them and hear of them. And they will bring you fortune and prosperity
-and the courage of lions."
-
- * * * * *
-
-Sanders was coming up river to settle a woman palaver, when he came slap
-into a flotilla of such pretension and warlike appearance that he did
-not hesitate for one moment.
-
-At a word, the canvas jackets were slipped from the Hotchkiss guns, and
-they were swung over the side. But there was no need for such
-preparations, as he discovered when Emberi's canoe came alongside.
-
-"Tell me, Emberi," said Sanders, "what is this wonderful thing I
-see--that the Akasavas and the Isisi, and the N'gombi and the people of
-the lower forest sail together in love and harmony?"
-
-"Lord," said Emberi proudly, "this is Bosambo's doing."
-
-Sanders was all suspicion.
-
-"Now I know that Bosambo is a clever man," he said, "yet I did not know
-that he was so great a character that he could bring together all men in
-peace, but rather the contrary."
-
-"He has done this because of devils," said Emberi importantly. "Behold,
-there are certain things about which I must not speak to you, and this
-is one of them. So, Sandi, ask me no more, for I have sworn an oath."
-
-Leaning over the steamer Sanders surveyed the flotilla. His keen eyes
-ranged the boat from stem to stern. He noted with interest the presence
-of one Ikifari, who was known to him. And Ikifari in a scarlet coat was
-a happy and satisfied man.
-
-"O Ikifari," bantered Sanders, "what of my roads?"
-
-The chief looked up. "Lord, they shall be made," he said, "though my
-young men die in the making. I go now to make a grand palaver for my
-friend and father Bosambo, for he trusts me above all men and has sent
-me to the Isisi."
-
-Sanders knew something of Bosambo's idiosyncrasies, and nodded.
-
-"When you come back," he said, "I will speak on the matter of these
-roads. Tell me now, my friend, how long do you stay with the Isisi?"
-
-"Lord," said Ikifari, "I stay for the time of a moon. Afterwards I go
-back to the Ochori, bearing rich presents which my lord Bosambo has made
-me swear I will keep for myself."
-
-"The space of a moon," repeated Sanders.
-
-He turned to ring the engines "Ahead" and did not see Emberi's hand go
-up to cover a smile.
-
-
-
-
- *CHAPTER XIII*
-
- *GUNS IN THE AKASAVA*
-
-
-"Thank God!" said the Houssa captain fervently, "there is no war in this
-country."
-
-"Touch wood!" said Sanders, and the two men simultaneously reached out
-and laid solemn hands upon the handle of the coffee-pot, which was
-vulcanite.
-
-If they had touched wood who knows what might have happened in the first
-place to Ofesi the chief of Mc-Canti?
-
-Who knows what might have happened to the two smugglers of gold from the
-French territory?
-
-The wife of Bikilini might have gone off with her lover, and Bikilini
-resigned and patient taken another to wife, and the death men of the
-Ofesi might never have gone forth upon their unamiable missions, or
-going forth have been drowned, or grown faint-hearted.
-
-Anyway it is an indisputable fact that neither Sanders nor Captain
-Hamilton touched wood on the occasion.
-
-And as to Bannister Fish----?
-
-That singular man was a trader in questionable commodities, for he had
-not the nice sentiments which usually go with the composition of a white
-man.
-
-Some say that he ran slaves from Angola to places where a black man or a
-black woman is worth a certain price; that he did this openly with the
-connivance of the Government of Portugal and made a tolerable fortune.
-He certainly bought more poached ivory than any man in Africa, and his
-crowning infamy up to date was the arming of a South Soudanese
-Mahdi--arms for employment against his fellow-countrymen.
-
-There are certain manufacturers of small arms in the Midlands who will
-execute orders to any capacity, produce weapons modern or antiquated at
-a cost varying with the delicacy or mechanism of the weapon. They have
-no conscience, but have a hard struggle to pay dividends because there
-are other firms in Liege who run the same line of business, but produce
-at from 10 per cent. to 25 per cent. lower cost.
-
-Mr. Bannister Fish, a thin, wiry man of thirty-four, as yellow as a
-guinea and with the temper of a fiend, was not popular on the coast,
-especially with officials. Fortunately Africa has many coasts, and
-since Africa in mass was Mr. Fish's hunting-ground, rather than any
-particular section, the coast men--as we know the coast--saw little of
-him.
-
-It was Mr. Fish's boast that there was not twenty miles of coast line
-from Dakka to Capetown, and from Lourenco Marques to Suez, that had not
-contributed something of beauty to his lordly mansion on the top of
-Highgate Hill.
-
-You will observe that he omits reference to the coast which encloses
-Cape Colony, and there is a reason. Cape Colony is immensely civilised,
-has stipendiary magistrates and a horrible breakwater where
-yellow-jacketed convicts labour for their sins, and Mr. Fish's sins were
-many. He tackled Sanders's territory in the same spirit as a racehorse
-breeder will start raising Pekingese poodles--not for the money he could
-make out of it, but as an amusing sideline.
-
-He worked ruin on the edge of the Akasava country, operating from the
-adjoining foreign territories, and found an unholy joy in worrying
-Sanders, whom he had met once and most cordially disliked.
-
-His dislike was intensified on the next occasion of their meeting, for
-Sanders, making a forced march across the Akasava, seized the caravan of
-Mr. Bannister Fish, burnt his stores out of hand, and submitted the
-plutocrat of Highgate Hill to the indignity of marching handcuffed to
-headquarters. Mr. Fish was tried by a divisional court and fined L500,
-or, as an alternative, awarded twelve months imprisonment with hard
-labour.
-
-The fine was paid, and Mr. Fish went home saying horrible things about
-Mr. Commissioner Sanders, which I will not sully these fair pages by
-repeating.
-
-Highgate Hill is a prosaic neighbourhood served by prosaic motor-buses,
-and not the place where one would imagine wholesale murder might be
-planned, yet from his domain in Highgate Mr. Fish issued certain
-instructions by telephone and cablegram, and at his word men went
-secretly into Sanders's territory looking for the likely man.
-
-They found Ofesi, and Highgate spoke to the Akasava to some purpose.
-
-In the month of February in a certain year Mr. Fish drove resplendently
-in his electric landau from Highgate to Waterloo. He arrived on the
-Akasava border seven weeks later no less angry with Sanders than he had
-ever been, and of a cheerful countenance because, being a millionaire,
-he could indulge in his hobbies, and his hobby was the annoyance of a
-far-away Commissioner who, at that precise moment was touching vulcanite
-and thinking it wood.
-
-Ofesi, the son of Malaka, the son of G'nani, was predestined.
-
-Thus it was predicted by the famous witch-doctor Komonobologo, of the
-Akasava.
-
-For it would appear that on the night that Ofesi came squealing into the
-world, there were certain solar manifestations such as an eclipse of the
-moon and prodigious shooting of stars, which Komonobologo translated
-favourably to the clucking, sobbing and shrill whimpering morsel of
-whitey-brown humanity.
-
-Thus Ofesi was to rule all peoples as far as the sun shone (some three
-hundred miles in all directions according to local calculations), and he
-should not suffer ignominious death at the hand of any man.
-
-Ofesi (literally "the Born-Lucky") should be mighty in counsel and in
-war; should shake the earth with the tread of his legions; might risk
-and gain, never risk and lose; was the favoured of ju-jus and ghosts;
-and would have many sons.
-
-The hollow-eyed woman stretched on the floor of the hut spoke faintly of
-her happiness, the baby with greedy mouth satisfying the beast in him
-said nothing, being too much occupied with his natural and instinctive
-desires.
-
-Such prophecies are common, and some come to nothing. Some, for no
-apparent reason, stick fest to the recipients.
-
-Ofesi--his destiny--was of the sticking kind.
-
-When Sanders took up his duties on the river, Ofesi was a lank and
-awkward youth of whom his fellows stood in awe.
-
-Sanders was in awe of nobody. He listened quietly to the recital of
-portents, omens, and the like, and when it was finished, he delivered a
-little homily on the fallibility of human things and the extraordinarily
-high death-rate which existed amongst those misguided people who walked
-outside the rigid circle of the land.
-
-Ofesi had neighbours more hearty than Sanders, and by these he was
-accepted as something on account of the total wonder which the years
-would produce.
-
-So Ofesi grew and flourished, doing much mischief in his way, which was
-neither innocent nor boyish, and the friendly hand which is upraised to
-small boys all the world over never fell sharply upon his well-covered
-nerves, because Ofesi was predestined and immune.
-
-In course of time he was appointed by the then king of the Akasava to
-the chieftainship of the village of Mi-lanti, and the city of the
-Akasava breathed a sigh of relief to see his canoe go round the bend of
-the river out of sight.
-
-No report of the chief's minor misdoings came to Sanders because this
-legend of destiny carried to all the nations save and except one.
-
-It is said that Ofesi received more homage and held a more regal court
-in his tiny principality than did the king his master; that N'gombi,
-Isisi, and the tribes about sent him presents doubly precious, and that
-he had a household of sixty wives, all contributed by his devotees. It
-was also said that he made the intoxicating distributions of Mr. Fish
-possible, but Sanders had no proof of this.
-
-He raided his friends impartially, did all manner of unpleasant things,
-terrorised the river from the Lesser Isisi to the edge of the Ochori,
-and the fishermen watching his war canoes creeping stealthily through
-the night would say: "Let no man see the lord Ofesi; lest in the days to
-come he remember and blind us."
-
-Whether from sheer cunning or from the intuitive faculty which is a part
-of genius, Ofesi grew to stout manhood without once violating the border
-line of the Ochori.
-
-Until upon a day----
-
-Sanders came in great haste one wet April night when the clouds hung so
-low over the river that you might have touched them with a fishing-rod.
-
-It was a night of billowing mists, of drenching cloud bursts, of loud
-cracking thunders and the flicker-flacker of lightning so incessant that
-only the darkness counted as interval.
-
-Yet, against the swollen stream, drenched to the skin, his wet face set
-to the stinging rain and the white rod of his searchlight piercing such
-gloom as there was, Sanders came as fast as stern wheel could revolve
-for the Akasava land.
-
-He came up to the village of Mi-lanti in the wild grey of a stormy dawn,
-and such of the huts as the flooding waters of the heavens had spared
-stood isolated sentinels amidst smoking ruins.
-
-He landed tired and immensely angry, and found many dead men and one or
-two who thought they were dead. They told him a doleful story of rapine
-and murder, of an innocent village set upon by the Ochori and taken in
-its defencelessness. "That is a lie," said Sanders promptly, "for you
-have stockades, built to the west of the village and your dead are all
-painted as men paint themselves who prepare long for war. Also the
-Ochori--such as I have seen--are not so painted, which tells me that
-they came in haste against a warring people."
-
-The wounded man turned his tired face to Sanders.
-
-"It is my faith," he said, in the conventional terminology of his tribe,
-"that you have eyes like a big cat."
-
-Sanders attended to his injuries and left him and his pitiful fellows in
-a dry hut. Then he went to look for Bosambo, and found him sitting
-patiently ten miles up the river. He sat before a steep hill of rock
-and undergrowth. At the top of the hill was the chief of the village of
-Mi-lanti, and with him were such of his fighting men as were not at the
-moment in a happier world.
-
-"Lord, this is true," said Bosambo, "that this dog attacked my river
-villages and put my men to death and my women to service. So I came
-down against him, for it is written in the Sura of the Djinn that no man
-shall live to laugh at his own evil."
-
-"There will be a palaver," said Sanders briefly, and bade the
-crestfallen chief, Ofesi, to come down and stack his spears. Since it
-is not in the nature of the native man to speak the truth when his skin
-is in peril, it goes without saying that both sides lied fearfully, and
-Sanders, sifting the truth, knew which side lied the least.
-
-"Ofesi," he said, at the end of much weariness of listening, "what do
-you say that I shall not hang you?"
-
-Ofesi, a short, thick man with a faint beard, looked up and down, left
-and right for inspiration. "Lord," he said after a while, "this you
-know, that all my life I have been a good man--and it is said that I
-have a high destiny, and shall not die by cruelty."
-
-"'Man is eternal whilst he lives,'" quoted Sanders, "'yet man dies
-sooner or later.'"
-
-Ofesi stared round at Bosambo, and Bosambo was guilty of an
-indiscretion--possibly the greatest indiscretion of his life. In the
-presence of his master, and filled with the exultation and virtuous
-righteousness which come to the palpably innocent in the face of trial,
-he said in English, shaking his head the while reprovingly:
-
-"Oh, you dam' naughty devil!"
-
-Sanders had condemned the man to death in his heart; had mentally chosen
-the tree on which the marauding chief should swing when Bosambo spoke.
-
-Sanders had an immense idea as to the sanctity of life in one sense. He
-had killed many by rope with seeming indifference, and, indeed, he never
-allowed the question of a man's life or death to influence him one way
-or the other when an end was in view.
-
-He would watch with unwavering eyes the breath choke out of a swaying
-body, yet there must be a certain ritual of decency, of fitness, of
-decorum in such matters, or his delicate sense of justice was outraged.
-
-Bosambo's words, grotesque, uncalled for, wholly absurd, saved the life
-of Ofesi the chief.
-
-For a moment Sanders's lips twitched irresponsibly, then he turned with
-a snarl upon the discomfited chief of the Ochori.
-
-"Back to your land, you monkey man!" he snapped; "this man has offended
-against the land--yet he shall live, for he is a fool. I know a greater
-one!"
-
-He sent Ofesi back to his village to build up what his folly had
-overthrown.
-
-"Remember, Ofesi," he said, "I give you back your life, though you
-deserve death: and I do this because it comes to me suddenly that you
-are a child as Bosambo is a child. Now, I will come back to you with
-the early spring, and if you have deserved well of me you shall be
-rewarded with your liberty; and if you have done ill to me, you shall go
-to the Village of Irons or to a worse place."
-
-Back at headquarters Sanders told a sympathetic captain of Houssas the
-story.
-
-"It was horribly weak of course," he said; "but, somehow, when that ass
-Bosambo let rip his infernal English I couldn't hang a sparrow."
-
-"Might have brought this Ofesi person down to the village," said the
-captain thoughtfully. "He's got an extraordinary reputation."
-
-Sanders sat on the edge of the table, his hands thrust into his breeches
-pockets.
-
-"I thought of that, too, and it affected me. You see, there was just a
-fear in my mind that I was being influenced on the wrong side by this
-fellow's talk of destiny--that I was being, in fact, a little
-malicious."
-
-The Houssa skipper snapped his cigarette case and looked thoughtful.
-
-"I'll get another company down from headquarters," he said.
-
-"You might ask for a machine-gun section also," said Sanders. "I've got
-it in my bones that there's going to be trouble."
-
-A week later the upper river saw many strange faces. Isolated fishermen
-came from nowhere in particular to pursue their mild calling in strange
-waters.
-
-They built their huts in unfrequented patches of forest, and you might
-pass up and down a stretch of the beach without knowing that hut was
-modestly concealed in the thick bush at the back.
-
-Also they went about their business at night with fishing spear and
-light canoe tacking across river and up river, moving without sound in
-the shadows of the bank, approaching villages and cities with remarkable
-circumspection.
-
-They were strange fishermen indeed, for they fished with pigeons. In
-every canoe the birds drowsed in a wicker-work cage, little red labels
-about their legs on which even an untutored spy might make a rude but
-significant mark with the aid of an indelible pencil.
-
-Sanders took no risks.
-
-He summoned Ahmed Ali, the chief of his secret men.
-
-"Go to the Akasava country, and there you will find Ofesi, a chief of
-the village Mi-lanti. Watch him, for he is an evil man. On the day that
-he moves against me and my people you shall judge whether I can come in
-time with my soldiers. If there is time send for me: but if he moves
-swiftly you shall shoot him dead and you shall not be blamed. Go with
-God."
-
-"Master," said Ahmed, "Ofesi is already in hell."
-
-If all reports worked out, and they certainly tallied, Ofesi, the
-predestined chief, gave no offence. He rebuilt his city, choosing higher
-ground and following a long and unexpected hunting trip, which took him
-to the edge of the Akasava country, and he projected a visit of love and
-harmony to Bosambo.
-
-He even sent swift couriers to Sanders to ask permission for the
-ceremonial, though such permission was wholly unnecessary. Sanders
-granted the request, delaying the deputation until he had sent his own
-messengers to Bosambo.
-
-So on a bright June morning Ofesi set forth on his mission, his two and
-twenty canoes painted red, and even the paddles newly burnt to fantastic
-and complimentary designs; and he came to the Ochori and was met by
-Bosambo, a profound sceptic but outwardly pleasant.
-
-"I see you," said Ofesi, "I see you, lord Bosambo, also your brave and
-beautiful people; yet I come in peace and it grieves me that you should
-meet me with so many spears."
-
-For in truth the beach bristled a steel welcome and three fighting
-regiments of the Ochori, gallantly arrayed, were ranked in hollow
-square, the fourth side of which was the river.
-
-"Lord Ofesi," said Bosambo suavely, "this is the white man's way of
-doing honour and, as you know, I have much white blood in my veins,
-being related to the English Prime Minister."
-
-He surveyed the two-and-twenty canoes with their twenty paddlers to
-each, and duly noted that each paddler carried his fighting spears as a
-matter of course.
-
-That Ofesi had any sinister design upon the stronghold of the Ochori may
-be dismissed as unlikely. He was cast in no heroic mould, and abhorred
-unnecessary risk, for destiny requires some assistance.
-
-He had brought his spears for display rather than for employment.
-Willy-nilly he must stack them now--an unpleasant operation, reminiscent
-of another stacking under the cold eye of Sanders.
-
-So it may be said that the _rapprochement_ between the Ochori and the
-Akasava chief began inauspiciously. Bosambo led the way to his
-guest-house--new-thatched as is the custom.
-
-There was a great feast in Ofesi's honour, and a dance of girls--every
-village contributing its chief dancer for the event. Next day there was
-a palaver with sacrifices of fowl and beast, and blood friendships were
-sworn fluently. Bosambo and Ofesi embraced before all the people
-assembled, and ate salt from the same dish.
-
-"Now I will tell you all my business, my brother," said Ofesi that
-night. "To-morrow I go back to my people with your good word, and I
-shall speak of you by day and night because of your noble heart."
-
-"I also will have no rest," said Bosambo, "till I have journeyed all
-over this land, speaking about my wonderful brother Ofesi."
-
-With a word Ofesi dismissed his counsellors, and Bosambo, accepting the
-invitation, sent away his headmen.
-
-"Now I will tell you," said Ofesi.
-
-And what he said, what flood of ego-oratory, what promises, what covert
-threats, provided Bosambo with reminiscences for long afterwards.
-
-"Yet," he concluded, "though all things have moved to make me what I am,
-yet there is much I have to learn, and from none can I learn so well as
-from you, my brother."
-
-"That is very true," said Bosambo, and meant it.
-
-"Now," Ofesi went on to his peroration, "the king of the Akasava is
-dying and all men are agreed that I shall be king in his place,
-therefore I would learn to the utmost grain all the secrets of kingship.
-Therefore, since I cannot sit with you, I ask you, lord Bosambo, to give
-a home to Tolinobo, my headman, that he may sit for a year in the shadow
-of your wisdom and tell me the many beautiful things you say."
-
-Bosambo looked thoughtfully at Tolinobo, the headman, a shifty fisherman
-promoted to that position, and somewhat deficient in sanity, as Bosambo
-judged.
-
-"He shall sit with me," said Bosambo at length, "and be as my own son,
-sleeping in a hut by mine, and I will treat him as if he were my
-brother."
-
-There was a fleeting gleam of satisfaction in Ofesi's eye as he rose to
-embrace his blood-friend; but then he did not know how Bosambo treated
-his brother.
-
-The Akasava chief and his two and twenty canoes paddled homeward at
-daybreak, and Bosambo saw them off.
-
-When they were gone, he turned to his headman.
-
-"Tell me, Solonkinini," he said, "what have we done with this Tolinobo
-who stays with us?"
-
-"Lord, we build him a new hut this morning in your lordship's shadow."
-
-Bosambo nodded.
-
-"First," he said, "you shall take him to the secret place near the
-Crocodile Pool and stake him out. Presently I will come, and we will
-ask him some questions."
-
-"Lord, he will not answer," said the headman. "I myself have spoken with
-him."
-
-"He shall answer me," said Bosambo, significantly, "and you shall build
-a fire and make very hot your spears, for I think this Tolinobo has
-something he will be glad to tell."
-
-Bosambo's prediction was justified by fact.
-
-Ofesi was not half-way home, happy in his success, when a blubbering
-Tolinobo, stretched ignominiously on the ground, spoke with a lamentable
-lack of reserve on all manner of private matters, being urged thereto by
-a red hot spear-head which Bosambo held much too near his face for
-comfort.
-
- * * * * *
-
-At about this time came Jim Greel, an American adventurer, and Francis
-E. Coulson, a citizen of the world. They came into Sanders's territory
-unwillingly, for they were bound, via the French river which skirted the
-north of the N'gombi land, for German West Africa. There was in normal
-times a bit of a stream which connected the great river with the Frenchi
-river. It was, according to a facetious government surveyor, navigable
-for balloons and paper boats except once in a decade when a mild spring
-in the one thousand-miles distant mountains coincided with heavy rains
-in the Isisi watershed. Given the coincidence the tiny dribble of
-rush-choked water achieved the dignity of riverhood. It was bad luck
-that Jim and Coulson hit an exceptional season.
-
-Keeping to the left bank, and moving only by night--they had reason for
-this--the adventurers followed the course of the stream which ordinarily
-was not on the map, and they were pardonably and almost literally at
-sea.
-
-Two long nights they worked their crazy little steamer through an
-unknown territory without realising that it was unknown. They avoided
-such villages as they passed, shutting off steam and dowsing all lights
-till they drifted beyond sight and hearing.
-
-At last they reached a stage in their enterprise where the maintenance
-of secrecy was a matter of some personal danger, and they looked around
-in the black night for assistance.
-
-"Looks like a village over there, Jim," said Coulson, and the steersman
-nodded.
-
-"There's shoal water here," he said grimly, "and the forehold is up to
-water-level."
-
-"Leakin'?"
-
-"Not exactly leakin'," said Jim carefully; "but there's no bottom to the
-forepart of this tub."
-
-Coulson swore softly at the African night. The velvet darkness had
-fallen on them suddenly, and it was a case of tie-up or go on--Jim
-decided to go on.
-
-They had struck a submerged log and ripped away the bottom of the tiny
-compartment that was magniloquently called "No. 1 hold"; the bulkhead of
-Nos. 1 and 2 was of the thinnest steel and was bulging perceptibly.
-
-Coulson did not know this, but Jim did.
-
-Now he turned the prow of the ancient steamer to the dark shore, and the
-revolving paddle-wheels made an expiring effort.
-
-Somewhere on the river bank a voice called to them in the Akasava
-tongue; they saw the fires of the village, and black shadows passing
-before them; they heard women laughing.
-
-Jim turned his head and gave an order to one of his naked crew, and the
-man leapt overboard with a thin rope hawser.
-
-Then the ripped keel of the little boat took the sand and she grounded.
-
-Jim lit his pipe from a lantern that hung in the deck cabin behind him,
-wiped his streaming forehead with the back of his hand, and spoke
-rapidly in the Akasava tongue to the little crowd who had gathered on
-the beach. He spoke mechanically, warning all and sundry for the safety
-of their immortal souls not to slip his hawser! warning them that if he
-lost so much as a deck rivet he would flay alive the thief, and ended by
-commending his admiring audience to M'shimba M'shamba, Bim-bi, O'kili,
-and such local devils as he could call to his tongue. "That's let me
-out," he said, and waded ashore through the shallow water as one too
-much overcome by the big tragedies of life to care very much one way or
-another whether he was wet or dry.
-
-He strode up the shelving beach and was led by a straggling group of
-villagers to the headman's hut to make inquiries, and came back to the
-boat with unpleasant news.
-
-Coulson had brought her nose to the sand, and by a brushwood fire that
-the men of the village had lit upon the beach, the damage was plainly to
-be seen.
-
-The tiny hull had torn like brown paper, and part of the cause--a stiff
-branch of gun-wood--still protruded from the hole.
-
-"We're in Sanders's territory, if it's all the same to you," said Jim
-gloomily. "The damnation old Frenchi river is in spruit and we've come
-about eighty miles on the wrong track."
-
-Coulson, kneeling by the side of the boat, a short, black briar clutched
-between his even white teeth, looked up with a grin.
-
-"'Sande catchee makee hell,'" quoted he. "Do you remember the Chink
-shaver who used to run the Angola women up to the old king for Bannister
-Fish?"
-
-Jim said nothing. He took a roll of twist from his pocket, bit off a
-section, and chewed philosophically.
-
-"There's no slavery outfit in this packet," he said. "I guess even old
-man Fish wouldn't fool 'round in this land--may the devil grind him for
-bone-meal!"
-
-There was no love lost between the amiable adventurers and Mr. Bannister
-Fish. That gentleman himself, sitting in close conference with Ofesi
-not fifty miles from whence the _Grasshopper_ lay, would have been
-extremely glad to know that her owners were where they were.
-
-"Fish is out in these territories for good," said Jim; "but it'll do us
-no good--our not bein' Fish, I mean, if Sandi comes nosing round lookin'
-for traders' licences--somehow I don't want anybody to inspect our
-cargo."
-
-Coulson nodded as he wielded a heavy hammer on the damaged plate.
-
-"I guess he'll know all right," Jim went on. "You can't keep these old
-_lokalis_ quiet--listen to the joyous news bein', so to speak, flashed
-forth to the expectant world."
-
-Coulson suspended his operations. Clear and shrill came the rattle of
-the _lokali_ tapping its message:
-
-
-"Tom-te tom, tom-te tom, tommitty tommitty tommitty-tom."
-
-
-"There she goes," said the loquacious Jim, complacently. "Two white men
-of suspicious appearance have arrived in town--Court papers please
-copy."
-
-Coulson grinned again. He was working his hammer deftly, and already
-the offending branch had disappeared.
-
-"A ha'porth of cement in the morning," he said, "and she's the Royal
-yacht."
-
-Jim sniffed.
-
-"It'll take many ha'porths of cement to make her anything but a big
-intake pipe," he said. He put his hand on the edge of the boat and
-leapt aboard. Abaft the deck-house were two tiny cupboards of cabins,
-the length of a man's body and twice his width. Into one of these he
-dived, and returned shortly afterwards with a small, worn portmanteau,
-patched and soiled. He jumped down over the bows to the beach, first
-handing the piece of baggage down to the engineer of the little boat.
-It was so heavy that the man nearly dropped it.
-
-"What's the idea?" Coulson mopped the sweat from his forehead with a
-pocket-handkerchief, and turned his astonished gaze to the other.
-
-"'Tis the loot," said Jim significantly. "We make a cache of this
-to-night lest a worse thing happen.
-
-"Oh, God, this man!" prayed Coulson, appealing heavenward. "With the
-eyes of the whole dam' barbarian rabble directed on him, he stalks
-through the wilderness with his grip full of gold and his heart full of
-innocent guile!"
-
-Jim refilled his pipe leisurely from a big, leather pouch that hung at
-his waist before he replied. "Coulson," he said between puffs, "in the
-language of that ridiculous vaudeville artiste we saw before we quit
-London, you may have brains in your head, but you've got rabbit's blood
-in your feet. There's no occasion for getting scared, only I surmise
-that one of your fellow-countrymen will be prowling around here long
-before the bows of out stately craft take the water like a thing of
-life, and since he is the Lord High Everything in this part of the
-world, and can turn out a man's pocket without so much as a 'damn ye,' I
-am for removing all trace of the Frenchi Creed River diggings."
-
-Coulson had paused in his work, and sat squatting on his heels, his eyes
-fixed steadily on his partner's. He was a good-looking young man of
-twenty-seven, a few years the junior of the other, whose tanned face was
-long and thin, but by no means unpleasant.
-
-"What does it matter?" asked Coulson after a while. "He can only ask
-where we got the dust, and we needn't tell him; and if we do we've got
-enough here to keep us in comfort all our days."
-
-Jim smiled.
-
-"Suppose he holds this gold?" he asked quietly. "Suppose he just sends
-his spies along to discover where the river digging is--and suppose he
-finds it is in French territory and that there is a prohibitive export
-duty from the French country. Oh! there's a hundred suppositions, and
-they're all unpleasant."
-
-Coulson rose stiffly.
-
-"I think we'll take the risk of the boat foundering, Jim," he said.
-"Put the grip back."
-
-Jim hesitated, then with a nod he swung the portmanteau aboard and
-followed. A few minutes later he was doubled up in the perfectly
-inadequate space of No. 1 hold, swabbing out the ooze of the river, and
-singing in a high falsetto the love song of a mythical Bedouin.
-
-It was past midnight when the two men, tired, aching, and cheerful,
-sought their beds.
-
-"If Sanders turns up," shouted Jim as he arranged his mosquito curtain
-(the shouting was necessary, since he was addressing his companion
-through a matchboard partition between the two cabins), "you've got to
-lie, Coulson."
-
-"I hate lying," grumbled Coulson loudly; "but I suppose we shall have
-to?"
-
-"Betcher!" yawned the other, and said his prayers with lightning
-rapidity.
-
-Daylight brought dismay to the two voyagers.
-
-The hole in the hull was not alone responsible for the flooded hold.
-There was a great gash in her keel--the plate had been ripped away by
-some snag or snags unknown. Coulson looked at Jim, and Jim returned the
-despairing gaze.
-
-"A canoe for mine," said Jim after a while. "Me for the German river and
-so home. That is the way I intended moving, and that is the way I go."
-
-Coulson shook his head.
-
-"Flight!" he said briefly. "You can explain being in Sanders's
-territory, but you can't explain the bolt--stick it out!"
-
-All that morning the two men laboured in the hot sun to repair the
-damage. Fortunately the cement was enough to stop up the bottom leak,
-and there was enough over to make a paste with twigs and sun-dried sand
-to stop the other. But there was no blinking the fact that the
-protection afforded was of the frailest. The veriest twig embedded in a
-sandbank would be sufficient to pierce the flimsy "plating." This much
-the two men saw when the repairs were completed at the end of the day.
-The hole in the bow could only be effectively dealt with by the removal
-of one plate and the substitution of another, "and that," said Jim, "can
-hardly happen."
-
-The German river was eighty miles upstream and a flooded stream that ran
-five knots an hour at that. Allow a normal speed of nine knots to the
-tiny _Grasshopper_, and you have a twenty hours' run at best.
-
-"The river's full of floatin' timber," said Jim wrathfully, eyeing the
-swift sweep of the black waters, "an' we stand no better chance of
-gettin' anywhere except to the bottom; it's a new plate or nothing."
-
-Thus matters stood with a battered _Grasshopper_ high and dry on the
-shelving beach of the Akasava village, and two intrepid but unhappy gold
-smugglers discussing ways and means, when complications occurred which
-did much to make the life of Mr. Commissioner Sanders unbearable.
-
- * * * * *
-
-There was a woman of the Akasava who bore the name of Ufambi, which
-means a "bad woman." She had a lover--indeed, she had many, but the
-principal was a hunter named Logi. He was a tall, taciturn man, and his
-teeth were sharpened to two points. He was broad-shouldered, his hair
-was plastered with clay, and he wore a cloak that was made from the
-tails of monkeys. For this reason he was named Logi N'kemi, that is to
-say, Logi the Monkey.
-
-He had a hut far in the woods, three days' journey, and in this wood
-were several devils; therefore he had few visitors.
-
-Ufambi loved this man exceedingly, and as fervently hated her husband,
-who was a creature of Ofesi. Also, he was not superior to the use of
-the stick.
-
-One day Ufambi annoyed him and he beat her. She flew at him like a wild
-cat and bit him, but he shook her off and beat her the more, till she
-ran from the hut to the cool and solitary woods, for she was not afraid
-of devils.
-
-Here her lover found her, sitting patiently by the side of the forest
-path, her well-moulded arms hugging her knees, her chin sunk, a
-watchful, brooding and an injured woman.
-
-They sat together and talked, and the woman told him all there was to be
-told, and Logi the Monkey listened in silence.
-
-"Furthermore," she went on, "he has buried beneath the floor of the hut
-certain treasures given to him by white men, which you may take."
-
-She said this pleadingly, for he had shown no enthusiasm in the support
-of her plan.
-
-"Yet how can I kill your husband," said Logi, carefully, "and if I do
-kill him and Sandi comes here, how may I escape his cruel vengeance? I
-think it would be better if you gave him death in his chop, for then
-none would think evilly of me."
-
-She was not distressed at his patent selfishness. It was understandable
-that a man should seek safety for himself, but she had no intention of
-carrying out her lover's plan.
-
-She returned to her husband, and found him so far amiable that she
-escaped a further beating. Moreover, he was communicative.
-
-"Woman," he said, "to-morrow I go a long journey because of certain
-things I have seen, and you go with me. In a secret place, as you know,
-I have hidden my new canoe, and when it is dark you shall take as much
-fish and my two little dogs and sit in the canoe waiting for me."
-
-"I will do this thing, lord," she said meekly.
-
-He looked at her for a long time.
-
-"Also," he said after a while, "you shall tell no man that I am leaving,
-for I do not desire that Sandi shall know, though," he added, "if all
-things be true that Ofesi says, he will know nothing."
-
-"I will do this as you tell me, lord," said the woman.
-
-He rose from the floor of the hut where he had been squatting and went
-out of the hut.
-
-"Come!" he said graciously, and she followed him to the beach and joined
-the crowd of villagers who watched two white men labouring under
-difficulties.
-
-By and by she saw her husband detach himself from the group and make his
-cautious way to where the white men were.
-
-Now Bikilari--such was the husband's name--was a N'gombi man, and the
-N'gombi folk are one of two things, and more often than not, both. They
-are either workers in iron or thieves, and Jim, looking up at the man,
-felt a little spasm of satisfaction at the sight of the lateral face
-marks which betrayed his nationality.
-
-"Ho, man!" said Jim in the vernacular, "what are you that you stand in
-my sun?"
-
-"I am a poor man, lord," said Bikilari, "and I am the slave of all white
-men: now I can do things which ignorant men cannot, for I can take iron
-and bend it by heat, also I can bend it without heat, as my fathers and
-my tribe have done since the world began."
-
-Coulson watched the man keenly, for he was no lover of the N'gombi.
-
-"Try him out, Jim," he said, so they gave Bikilari a hammer and some
-strips of steel, and all the day he worked strengthening the rotten bow
-of the _Grasshopper_.
-
-In the evening, tired and hungry, he went back to his hut for food; but
-his wife had watched him too faithfully for his comfort, and the
-cooking-pot was cold and empty. Bikilari beat her with his stick, and
-for two hours she sobbed and blew upon the embers of the fire
-alternately whilst my lord's fish stewed and spluttered over her bent
-head.
-
- * * * * *
-
-Jim was a good sleeper but a light one. He woke on the very smell of
-danger. Here was something more tangible than scent--a dog-like
-scratching at his door. In the faint moonlight he saw a figure
-crouching in the narrow alley-way, saw, too, by certain conformations,
-that it was a woman, and drew an uncharitable conclusion. Yet, since she
-desired secrecy, he was willing to observe her wishes. He slid back the
-gauze door and flickered an electric lamp (most precious possession, to
-be used with all reserve and economy). She shrank back at this evidence
-of magic and breathed an entreaty.
-
-"What do you want?" he asked in a low voice.
-
-"Lord," she answered, her voice muffled, "if you desire your life, do
-not stay here."
-
-Jim thrust his face nearer to the woman's.
-
-"Say what you must say very quickly," he said.
-
-"Lord," she began again, "my husband is Bikilari, a worker in iron. He
-is the man of Ofesi, and to-night Ofesi sends his killers to do his work
-upon all white men and upon all chiefs who thwart him. Also upon you
-because you are white and there is treasure in your ship."
-
-"Wait," said Jim, and turned to tap on Coulson's door. There was no
-need. Coulson was out of bed at the first sound of whispering and now
-stood in the doorway, the moonlight reflected in a cold blue line on the
-revolver he held in his hand.
-
-"It may be a fake--but there's no reason why it should be," he said when
-the story was told. "We'll chance the hole in the bow."
-
-Jim ran forward and woke the sleeping engineer, and came back with the
-first crackle of burning wood in the furnace.
-
-He found the woman waiting.
-
-"What is your name?" he asked.
-
-She stood with her back to the tiny rail, an easy mark for the man who
-had followed her and now crouched in the shadow of the hull. He could
-reach up and touch her. He slipped out his long N'gombi hunting knife
-and felt the point.
-
-"Lord," said the woman, "I am----"
-
-Then she slipped down to the deck.
-
-Coulson fired twice at the fleeing Bikilari, and missed him. Logi, the
-lover, leapt at him from the beach but fell before a quick knife-thrust.
-
-Bikilari reached the bushes in safety and plunged into the gloom--and
-into the arms of Ahmed Ali, a swift, silent man, who caught the knife
-arm in one hand and broke the neck of the murderer with the other--for
-Ahmed Ali was a famous wrestler in the Kono country.
-
-The city was aroused, naked feet pattered through the street. Jim and
-Coulson, lying flat on the bow of the steamer, held the curious at bay.
-
-Two hours they lay thus whilst the cold boilers generated energy. Then
-the paddle wheel threshed desperately astern, and the _Grasshopper_
-dragged herself to deep water.
-
-A figure hailed them from the bank in Swaheli.
-
-"Lord," it said, "go you south and meet Sandi--northward is death, for
-the Isisi are up and the Akasava villagers are in their canoes--also all
-white men in this land are dead, save Sandi."
-
-"Who are you?" megaphoned Jim, and the answer came faintly as the boat
-drifted to mid-stream.
-
-"I am Ahmed Ali, the servant of Sandi, whom may God preserve!"
-
-"Come with us!" shouted Jim.
-
-The figure on the bank, clear to be seen in his white jellab, made a
-trumpet of his hands.
-
-"I go to kill one Ofesi, according to orders--say this to Sandi."
-
-Then the boat drifted beyond earshot.
-
-"Up stream or down?" demanded Jim at the wheel. "Down we meet Sanders
-and up we meet the heathen in his wrath."
-
-"Up," said Coulson, and went aft to count noses.
-
-That night died Iliki, the chief of the Isisi, and I'mini, his brother,
-stabbed as they sat at meat, also Bosomo of the Little Isisi, and B'ramo
-of the N'gomi, chiefs all; also the wives and sons of B'ramo and Bosomo;
-Father O'Leary of the Jesuit Mission at Mosankuli, his lay minister, and
-the Rev. George Galley, of the Wesleyan Mission at Bogori, and the Rev.
-Septimus Keen and his wife, at the Baptist Mission at Michi.
-
-Bosambo did not die, because he knew; also a certain headman of Ofesi
-knew--and died.
-
-Ofesi had planned largely and well. War had come to the territories in
-the most terrible form, yet Bosambo did not hesitate, though he was
-aware of his inferiority, not only in point of numbers, but in the more
-important matter of armament.
-
-For the most dreadful thing had happened, and pigeons flying southward
-from a dozen points carried the news to Sanders--for the first time in
-history the rebellious people of the Akasava were armed with
-rifles--rifles smuggled across the border and placed in the hands of
-Ofesi's warriors.
-
-The war-drum of the Ochori sounded. At dawn Bosambo led forty war
-canoes down the river, seized the first village that offered resistance
-and burnt it. He was for Ofesi's stronghold, and was half-way there when
-he met the tiny _Grasshopper_ coming up stream.
-
-At first he mistook it for the _Zaire_ and made little effort to
-disclose the pacific intentions of his forty canoes, but a whistling
-rifle bullet aimed precisely made him realise the danger of taking
-things for granted.
-
-He paddled forward alone, ostentatiously peaceable, and Jim received
-him.
-
-"Rifles?" Coulson was incredulous. "O chief, you are mad!"
-
-"Lord," said Bosambo earnestly, "let Sandi say if I be mad--for Sandi is
-my bro--is my master and friend," he corrected himself.
-
-Jim knew of Bosambo--the chief enjoyed a reputation along the coast, and
-trusted him now.
-
-He turned to his companion.
-
-"If all Bosambo says is true there'll be hell in this country," he said
-quietly. "We can't cut and run. Can you use a rifle?" he asked.
-
-Bosambo drew himself up.
-
-"Suh," he said in plain English, "I make 'um shoot plenty at Cape Coast
-Cassell--I shoot 'um two bulls' eyes out."
-
-Coulson considered.
-
-"We'll cashee that gold," he said. "It would be absurd to take that
-with us. O Bosambo, we have a great treasure, and this we will leave in
-your city."
-
-"Lord," said Bosambo quietly, "it shall be as my own treasure."
-
-"That's exactly what I don't want it to be," said Coulson.
-
-The fleet waited whilst Bosambo returned to Ochori city with the
-smugglers; there, in Bosambo's hut, and in a cunningly-devised hole
-beneath the floor, the portmanteau was hidden and the _Grasshopper_ went
-joyfully with the stream to whatever adventures awaited her.
-
- * * * * *
-
-The moonlight lay in streaks of sage and emerald green--such a green as
-only the moon, beheld through the mists of the river, can show. Sage
-green for shadow, bright emerald on the young spring verdure, looking
-from light to dark or from dark to light, as the lazy breezes stirred
-the undergrowth. In the gleam of the moonlight there was one bright,
-glowing speck of red--it was the end of Mr. Commissioner Sanders's
-cigar.
-
-He sat in the ink-black shadow cast by the awning on the foredeck of the
-_Zaire_. His feet, encased in long, pliant mosquito boots that reached
-to his knees, rested on the rail of the boat, and he was a picture of
-contentment and cheerful idleness.
-
-An idle man might be restless. You might expect to hear the creak of
-the wicker chair as he changed his position ever so slightly, yet it is
-a strange fact that no such sound broke the pleasant stillness of the
-night.
-
-He sat in silence, motionless. Only the red tip of the cigar glowed to
-fiery brightness and dulled to an ashen red as he drew noiselessly at
-his cheroot.
-
-A soft felt hat, pulled down over his eyes, would have concealed the
-direction of his gaze, even had the awning been removed. His lightly
-clasped hands rested over one knee, and but for the steady glow of the
-cigar he might have been asleep.
-
-Yet Sanders of the River was monstrously awake. His eyes were watching
-the tousled bushes by the water's edge, roving from point to point,
-searching every possible egress.
-
-There was somebody concealed in those bushes--as to that Sanders had no
-doubt. But why did they wait--for it was a case of "they"--and why, if
-they were hostile, had they not attacked him before?
-
-Sanders had had his warnings. Some of the pigeons came before he had
-left headquarters; awkwardly scrawled red labels had set the bugles
-ringing through the Houssa quarters. But he had missed the worst of the
-messages. Bosambo's all-Arabic exclamation had fallen into the talons
-of a watchful hawk--poor winged messenger and all.
-
-Sanders rose swiftly and silently. Behind him was the open door of his
-cabin, and he stepped in, walked in the darkness to the telephone above
-the head of his bunk and pressed a button.
-
-Abiboo dozing with his head against the buzzer answered instantly.
-
-"Let all men be awakened," said Sanders in a whisper. "Six rifles to
-cover the bush between the two dead trees."
-
-"On my head," whispered Abiboo, and settled his tarboosh more firmly
-upon that section of his anatomy.
-
-Sanders stood by the door of his cabin, a sporting Lee-Enfield in the
-crook of his arm, waiting.
-
-Then from far away he heard a faint cry, a melancholy, shrill
-whoo-wooing. It was the cry that set the men of the villages
-shuddering, for it was such a cry as ghosts make.
-
-Men in the secret service of Sanders, and the Government also, made it,
-and Sanders nodded his head.
-
-Here came a man in haste to tell him things.
-
-A long pause and "Whoo-woo!" drearily, plaintively, and nearer. The man
-was whooing then at a jog-trot, and they on the bank were waiting----
-
-"Fire!" cried Sanders sharply.
-
-Six rifles crashed like a thunderclap, there was a staccato flick-flack
-as the bullets struck the leaves, and two screams of anguish.
-
-Out of the bush blundered a dark figure, looked about dazed and
-uncertain, saw the _Zaire_ and raised his hand.
-
-Bang!
-
-A bullet smacked viciously past Sanders's head.
-
-"Guns!" said Sanders with a gasp, and as the man on the bank rattled
-back the lever of his repeater, Sanders shot him.
-
-"Bang! bang!"
-
-This time from the bush, and the Houssas answered it. Forty men fired
-independently at the patch of green from whence the flashes had come.
-
-Forty men and more leapt into the water and waded ashore, Sanders at
-their head.
-
-The ambush had failed. Sanders found three dead men of the Isisi and
-one slightly injured and quite prepared for surrender.
-
-"Maennlichers!" said Sanders, examining the rifles, and he whistled.
-
-"Lord," said the living of the four, "we did what we were told; for it
-is an order that no man shall come to you with tidings; also, on a
-certain night that we should shoot you."
-
-"Whose order?" demanded Sanders.
-
-"Our lord Ofesi's," said the man. "Also, it is an order from a certain
-white lord who dwells with his people on the border of the land."
-
-They were speaking when the whoo-ing messenger came up at a jog-trot,
-too weary to be cautioned by the sound of guns.
-
-He was a tired man, dusty, almost naked, and he carried a spear and a
-cleft-stick.
-
-Sanders read the letter which was stuck therein. It was in ornamental
-Arabic, and was from Ahmed Ali.
-
-He read it carefully; then he spoke.
-
-"What do you know of this?" he asked.
-
-"Lord," said the tired man, flat on the bare ground and breathing
-heavily, "there is war in this land such as we have never seen, for
-Ofesi has guns and has slain all chiefs by his cunning; also there is a
-white man whom he visits secretly in the forest."
-
-Sanders turned back to the _Zaire_, sick at heart. All these years he
-had kept his territories free from an expeditionary force, building
-slowly towards the civilisation which was every administrator's ideal.
-This meant a punitive force, the introduction of a new regime. The
-coming of armed white men against these children of his.
-
-Who supplied the arms? He could not think. He had never dreamt of their
-importation. His people were too poor, had too little to give.
-
-"Lord," called the resting messenger, as Sanders turned, "there are two
-white men in a puc-a-puc who rest by the Akasava city."
-
-Sanders shook his head.
-
-These men--who knew them by name?--were smugglers of gold, who had come
-through a swollen river by accident. (His spies were very efficient, be
-it noted.)
-
-Whoever it was, the mischief was done.
-
-"Steam," he said briefly to the waiting Abiboo.
-
-"And this man, lord?" asked the Houssa, pointing to the last of the
-would-be assassins.
-
-Sanders walked to the man.
-
-"Tell me," he said, "how many were you who waited to kill me?"
-
-"Five, lord," said the man.
-
-"Five?" said Sanders, "but I found only four bodies."
-
-It was at that instant that the fifth man fired from the bank.
-
- * * * * *
-
-The _Grasshopper_, towing forty war canoes of the Ochori, came round a
-bend of the great river and fell into an ambuscade.
-
-The Ochori were a brave people, but unused to the demoralising effect of
-firearms, however badly and wildly aimed.
-
-Bosambo from the stern of the little steamer yelled directions to his
-panic-stricken fleet without effect. They turned and fled, paddling for
-their lives the way they had come. Jim essayed a turning movement in
-the literal sense, and struck a submerged log. The ill-fated
-_Grasshopper_ went down steadily by the bow, and in a last desperate
-effort ran for the shore under a hail of bullets. They leapt to land,
-four men--Bosambo's fighting headman was the fourth--and, shooting down
-immediate opposition, made for the bush.
-
-But they were in the heart of the enemy's land--within shooting distance
-of the Akasava city. Long before they had crossed the league of wood,
-the _lokali_ had brought reinforcements to oppose them. They were borne
-down by sheer weight of numbers at a place called Iffsimori, and that
-night came into the presence of the great King Ofesi, the Predestined.
-
-They came, four wounded and battered men bound tightly with cords of
-grass, spared for the great king's sport.
-
-"O brother," greeted Ofesi in the face of all his people, "look at me
-and tell me what has become of Tobolono, my dear headman?"
-
-Bosambo, his face streaked with dried blood, stared at him insolently.
-
-"He is in hell," he said, "being _majiki_" (predestined).
-
-"Also you will be in hell," said the king, "because men say that you are
-Sandi's brother."
-
-Bosambo was taken aback for a moment.
-
-"It is true," he said, "that I am Sandi's brother; for it seems that
-this is not the time for a man to deny him. Yet I am Sandi's brother
-only because all men are brothers, according to certain white magic I
-learnt as a boy."
-
-Ofesi sat before the door of his hut, and it was noticeable that no man
-stood or sat nearer to him than twenty paces distant.
-
-Jim, glancing round the mob, which surrounded the palaver, saw that
-every other man carried a rifle, and had hitched across his naked
-shoulders a canvas cartridge-belt. He noticed, too, now and then, the
-king would turn his head and speak, as it were, to the dark interior of
-the hut.
-
-Ofesi directed his gaze to the white prisoners.
-
-"O white men," he said, "you see me now, a great lord, greater than any
-white man has ever been, for all the little chiefs of this land are
-dead, and all people say 'Wah, king,' to Ofesi."
-
-"I dare say," said Coulson in English.
-
-"To-night," the king went on, "we sacrifice you, for you are the last
-white men in this land--Sandi being dead."
-
-"Ofesi, you lie!"
-
-It was Bosambo, his face puckered with rage, his voice shrill.
-
-"No man can kill Sandi," he cried, "for Sindi alone of all men is beyond
-death, and he will come to you bringing terror and worse than death!"
-
-Ofesi made a gesture of contempt.
-
-He waved his hand to the right and as at a signal the crowd moved back.
-
-Bosambo held himself tense, expecting to see the lifeless form of his
-master. But it was something less harrowing he saw--a prosaic stack of
-wooden boxes six feet high and eight feet square.
-
-"Ammunition," said Jim under his breath. "The devil had made pretty
-good preparation."
-
-"Behold!" said Ofesi, "therein is Sanders' death--listen all people!"
-
-He held up his hand for silence.
-
-Bosambo heard it--that faint rattle of the _lokali_. From some far
-distant place it was carrying the news. "Sanders dead!" it rolled
-mournfully, "distantly--moonlight--puc-a-puc--middle of river--man on
-bank--boat at shore--Sandi dead on ground--many wounds." He pieced
-together the tidings. Sandi had been shot from the bank and the boat
-had landed him dead. The chief of the Ochori heard the news and wept.
-
-"Now you shall smell death," said Ofesi.
-
-He turned abruptly to the door of the hut and exchanged a dozen quick
-words with the man inside. He spoke imperiously, sharply.
-
-Alas! Mr. Bannister Fish, guest of honour on the remarkable occasion,
-the Ofesi you deal with now is not the meek Ofesi with whom you drove
-your one-sided bargain in the deep of the Akasava forest! Camel-train
-and boat have brought ammunition and rifles piecemeal to your enemy's
-undoing. Ofesi owes his power to you, but the maker of tyrants was ever
-a builder if his own prison-house.
-
-Mr. Fish felt his danger keenly, pulled two long-barrelled automatic
-pistols from his pocket and mentally chose his route for the border,
-cursing his own stupidity that he had not brought his Arab bodyguard
-along the final stages of the journey.
-
-"Ofesi," he muttered, "there shall be no killing until I am gone."
-
-"Fisi," replied the other louder, "you shall see all that I wish you to
-see," and he made a signal.
-
-They stripped the white men as naked as they were on the day they were
-born, pegged them at equal distance on the ground spread-eagle fashion.
-Heads to the white man's feet they laid Bosambo and his headman.
-
-When all was finished Ofesi walked over to them.
-
-"When the sun comes up," he said, "you will all be dead--but there is
-half the night to go."
-
-"Nigger!" said Bosambo in English, "yo' mother done be washerwomans!"
-
-It was the most insulting expression in his vocabulary, and he reserved
-it for the last.
-
- * * * * *
-
-Sanders saw the glow of the great fire long before he reached the
-Akasava, his own _lokali_ sounding forth the news of his premature
-decease--Sanders with the red weal of a bullet across his cheek, and a
-feeling of unfriendliness toward Ofesi in his heart. All the way up the
-river through the night his _lokali_ sent forth the joyless tidings.
-Villagers heard it and shivered--but sent it on. A half-naked man
-crouching in the bushes near Akasava city heard it and sobbed himself
-sick, for Ahmed Ali saw in himself a murderer. He who had sworn by the
-prophet to end the life of Ofesi had left the matter until it was too
-late.
-
-In a cold rage he crept nearer to the crowd which was gathered about the
-king's hut--a neck-craning, tip-toeing crowd of vicious men-children.
-The moment of torment had come. At Ofesi's feet crouched two
-half-witted Akasava youths giggling at one another in pleasurable
-excitement, and whetting the razor-keen edges of their skinning knives
-on their palms.
-
-"Listen, now," said Ofesi in exultation. "I am he, the predestined, the
-ruler of all men from the black waters to the white mountains. Thus you
-see me, all people, your master, and master of white men. The skins of
-these men shall be drums to call all other nations to the service of the
-Akasava--begin Ginin and M'quasa."
-
-The youths rose and eyed the silent victims critically--and Mr.
-Bannister Fish stepped out of the hut into the light of the fire, a
-pistol in each hand.
-
-"Chief," said he, "this matter ends here. Release those men or you die
-very soon."
-
-Ofesi laughed.
-
-"Too late, lord Fisi," he said, and nodded his head.
-
-One shot rang out from the crowd--a man, skilled in the use of arms, had
-waited for the gun-runner's appearance. Bannister Fish, of Highgate
-Hill, pitched forward dead.
-
-"Now," said Ofesi.
-
-Ahmed Ali came through the crowd like a cyclone, but quicker far was the
-two-pound shell of a Hotchkiss gun. Looking upward into the moonlit
-vault of the sky, Jim saw a momentary flash of light, heard the "pang!"
-of the gun and the whine of the shell as it curved downward; heard a
-roar louder than any, and was struck senseless by the sharp edge of an
-exploded cartridge-box.
-
- * * * * *
-
-"Ofesi," said Sanders, "I think this is your end."
-
-"Lord, I think so too," said Ofesi.
-
-Sanders let him hang for two hours before he cut him down.
-
-"Mr. Sanders," said Jim, dressed in a suit of the Commissioner's clothes
-which fitted none too well, "we ought to explain----"
-
-"I understand," said Sanders with a smile. "Gold smuggling!"
-
-Jim nodded.
-
-"And where is your gold--at the bottom of the river?"
-
-It was in the American's heart to lie, but he shook his head. "The
-chief Bosambo is holding it for me," he confessed.
-
-"H'm!" said Sanders. "Do you know to an ounce how much you have?"
-
-Coulson shook his head.
-
-"Where is Bosambo?" asked Sanders of his orderly.
-
-"Lord, he has gone in haste to his city with twenty paddlers," said
-Abiboo.
-
-Sanders looked at Jim queerly.
-
-"You had better go in haste, too," he said dryly. "Bosambo has views of
-his own on portable property."
-
-"We wept for you," said the indignant Jim, something of a
-sentimentalist.
-
-"You'll be weeping for yourself if you don't hurry," said the practical
-Sanders.
-
-
-
- THE END.
-
-
-
- * * * * * * * *
-
-
-
-
- POPULAR NOVELS
-
- BY
-
- EDGAR WALLACE
-
-
- PUBLISHED BY
- WARD, LOCK & Co., LIMITED.
- _In Various Editions._
-
- SANDERS OF THE RIVER
- BONES
- BOSAMBO OF THE RIVER
- BONES IN LONDON
- THE KEEPERS OF THE KING'S PEACE
- THE COUNCIL OF JUSTICE
- THE DUKE IN THE SUBURBS
- THE PEOPLE OF THE RIVER
- DOWN UNDER DONOVAN
- PRIVATE SELBY
- THE ADMIRABLE CARFEW
- THE MAN WHO BOUGHT LONDON
- THE JUST MEN OF CORDOVA
- THE SECRET HOUSE
- KATE, PLUS TEN
- LIEUTENANT BONES
- THE ADVENTURES OF HEINE
- JACK O' JUDGMENT
- THE DAFFODIL MYSTERY
- THE NINE BEARS
- THE BOOK OF ALL POWER
- MR. JUSTICE MAXELL
- THE BOOKS OF BART
- THE DARK EYES OF LONDON
- CHICK
- SANDI, THE KING-MAKER
- THE THREE OAK MYSTERY
- THE FELLOWSHIP OF THE FROG
- BLUE HAND
- GREY TIMOTHY
- A DEBT DISCHARGED
- THOSE FOLK OF BULBORO
- THE MAN WHO WAS NOBODY
- THE GREEN RUST
-
-
-
-
-
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BOSAMBO OF THE RIVER ***
-
-
-
-
-A Word from Project Gutenberg
-
-
-We will update this book if we find any errors.
-
-This book can be found under: http://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/49657
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, so
-the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright royalties.
-Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this
-license, apply to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg(tm)
-electronic works to protect the Project Gutenberg(tm) concept and
-trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be
-used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific
-permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this eBook,
-complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly
-any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances
-and research. They may be modified and printed and given away - you may
-do practically _anything_ in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-
-
-The Full Project Gutenberg License
-
-
-_Please read this before you distribute or use this work._
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg(tm) mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or
-any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
-Gutenberg(tm) License available with this file or online at
-http://www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use & Redistributing Project Gutenberg(tm)
-electronic works
-
-
-*1.A.* By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg(tm)
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all the
-terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy all
-copies of Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic works in your possession. If
-you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
-Gutenberg(tm) electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
-terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
-entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-
-*1.B.* "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few things
-that you can do with most Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic works even
-without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See paragraph
-1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg(tm) electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
-and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic
-works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-*1.C.* The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of
-Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic works. Nearly all the individual works
-in the collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
-individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the United States and
-you are located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent
-you from copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating
-derivative works based on the work as long as all references to Project
-Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the
-Project Gutenberg(tm) mission of promoting free access to electronic
-works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg(tm) works in compliance with
-the terms of this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg(tm) name
-associated with the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this
-agreement by keeping this work in the same format with its attached full
-Project Gutenberg(tm) License when you share it without charge with
-others.
-
-
-*1.D.* The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
-a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
-the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
-before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
-creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
-Gutenberg(tm) work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
-the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
-States.
-
-*1.E.* Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-*1.E.1.* The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg(tm) License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg(tm) work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United
- States and most other parts of the world at no cost and with
- almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away
- or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License
- included with this eBook or online at http://www.gutenberg.org .
- If you are not located in the United States, you'll have to
- check the laws of the country where you are located before using
- this ebook.
-
-*1.E.2.* If an individual Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain
-a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright
-holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United
-States without paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or
-providing access to a work with the phrase "Project Gutenberg"
-associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply either with
-the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain permission
-for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg(tm) trademark as set
-forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-*1.E.3.* If an individual Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic work is
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and
-distribution must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and
-any additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg(tm) License for all works posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of
-this work.
-
-*1.E.4.* Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project
-Gutenberg(tm) License terms from this work, or any files containing a
-part of this work or any other work associated with Project
-Gutenberg(tm).
-
-*1.E.5.* Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg(tm) License.
-
-*1.E.6.* You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
-word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
-distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg(tm) work in a format other than
-"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
-posted on the official Project Gutenberg(tm) web site
-(http://www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or
-expense to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a
-means of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original
-"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include
-the full Project Gutenberg(tm) License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-*1.E.7.* Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg(tm) works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-*1.E.8.* You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic works
-provided that
-
- - You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg(tm) works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg(tm) trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
- - You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg(tm)
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg(tm)
- works.
-
- - You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
- - You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg(tm) works.
-
-
-*1.E.9.* If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg(tm) electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg(tm)
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3. below.
-
-*1.F.*
-
-*1.F.1.* Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg(tm) collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg(tm)
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
-property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
-computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by your
-equipment.
-
-*1.F.2.* LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg(tm) trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg(tm) electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal fees.
-YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY,
-BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE PROVIDED IN
-PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND
-ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR
-ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES
-EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-
-*1.F.3.* LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
-your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
-the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
-refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
-providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
-receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
-is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
-opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-*1.F.4.* Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS,' WITH NO OTHER
-WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
-WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-*1.F.5.* Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
-If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
-law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
-interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
-the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
-provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
-
-*1.F.6.* INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic works in accordance
-with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
-promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic works,
-harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
-that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
-or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg(tm)
-work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
-Project Gutenberg(tm) work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
-
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg(tm)
-
-
-Project Gutenberg(tm) is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
-including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
-because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
-people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg(tm)'s
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg(tm) collection will remain
-freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure and
-permanent future for Project Gutenberg(tm) and future generations. To
-learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and
-how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and the
-Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org .
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
-Foundation
-
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state
-of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue
-Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification number is
-64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
-http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf . Contributions to the
-Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the
-full extent permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its volunteers
-and employees are scattered throughout numerous locations. Its business
-office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116,
-(801) 596-1887, email business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at http://www.pglaf.org
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation
-
-
-Project Gutenberg(tm) depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where
-we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state
-visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make any
-statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from outside
-the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other ways
-including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To donate,
-please visit: http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
-
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic
-works.
-
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg(tm)
-concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
-with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
-Gutenberg(tm) eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg(tm) eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
-
-Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's eBook
-number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII,
-compressed (zipped), HTML and others.
-
-Corrected _editions_ of our eBooks replace the old file and take over
-the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed.
-_Versions_ based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving
-new filenames and etext numbers.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
-
- http://www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg(tm),
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.